US20030211040A1 - Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain - Google Patents

Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20030211040A1
US20030211040A1 US10/233,449 US23344902A US2003211040A1 US 20030211040 A1 US20030211040 A1 US 20030211040A1 US 23344902 A US23344902 A US 23344902A US 2003211040 A1 US2003211040 A1 US 2003211040A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
pde1b
activity
receptor
dopamine
intracellular signaling
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/233,449
Inventor
Paul Greengard
David Repaske
Gretchen Snyder
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Rockefeller University
Cincinnati Childrens Hospital Medical Center
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US10/233,449 priority Critical patent/US20030211040A1/en
Publication of US20030211040A1 publication Critical patent/US20030211040A1/en
Assigned to CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL MEDICAL CENTER, THE reassignment CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL MEDICAL CENTER, THE ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: REPASKE, DAVID
Assigned to ROCKEFELLER UNIVERSITY, THE reassignment ROCKEFELLER UNIVERSITY, THE ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SNYDER, GRETCHEN, GREENGARD, PAUL
Priority to US11/801,400 priority patent/US20080176961A1/en
Priority to US12/951,775 priority patent/US9157906B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/5005Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
    • G01N33/5008Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
    • G01N33/502Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics for testing non-proliferative effects
    • G01N33/5041Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics for testing non-proliferative effects involving analysis of members of signalling pathways
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/137Arylalkylamines, e.g. amphetamine, epinephrine, salbutamol, ephedrine or methadone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00Preparations for testing in vivo
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/0004Screening or testing of compounds for diagnosis of disorders, assessment of conditions, e.g. renal clearance, gastric emptying, testing for diabetes, allergy, rheuma, pancreas functions
    • A61K49/0008Screening agents using (non-human) animal models or transgenic animal models or chimeric hosts, e.g. Alzheimer disease animal model, transgenic model for heart failure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/08Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06Antimigraine agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/34Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase
    • C12Q1/44Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving hydrolase involving esterase
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/94Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving narcotics or drugs or pharmaceuticals, neurotransmitters or associated receptors
    • G01N33/9406Neurotransmitters
    • G01N33/9413Dopamine
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/90Enzymes; Proenzymes
    • G01N2333/914Hydrolases (3)
    • G01N2333/916Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1), e.g. phosphatases (3.1.3), phospholipases C or phospholipases D (3.1.4)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2500/00Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
    • G01N2500/04Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C directly on molecule A (e.g. C are potential ligands for a receptor A, or potential substrates for an enzyme A)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/28Neurological disorders
    • G01N2800/2835Movement disorders, e.g. Parkinson, Huntington, Tourette

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to methods and compositions for modulating the activity of phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) in intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to, dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways.
  • PDE1B phosphodiesterase 1B
  • the invention also relates to methods and compositions for modulating the activities of intracellular signaling molecules, including, but not limited to, DARPP-32 and GluR1 AMPA receptor, via modulation of PDE1B.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions and methods of screening for compounds that modulate PDE1B activity.
  • the invention also relates to methods of treating or ameliorating the symptoms of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, by administering a modulator of PDE1B, preferably, but not limited to, an inhibitor of PDE1B or an agent that decreases the production of PDE1B.
  • a modulator of PDE1B preferably, but not limited to, an inhibitor of PDE1B or an agent that decreases the production of PDE1B.
  • Cyclic nucleotides and calcium are the principal second messengers of the signal transduction pathways within an area of the brain known as the basal ganglia or striatum.
  • NMDA-type glutamate receptor activation and/or dopamine D2 receptor activation result in increased intracellular calcium concentrations (Greengard, P. et al. 1999. Neuron 23:435-447; Kotter, R. 1994. Prog. Neurobiol. 44:163-196), leading to activation of effectors such as calmodulin-dependent kinase II (CaMKII) and calcineurin and potentially to activation of calcium and calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterases (CaM-PDEs).
  • CaMKII calmodulin-dependent kinase II
  • CaM-PDEs calcium and calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterases
  • Dopamine D1 or D2 receptor activation leads to adenylyl cyclase activation (and increased cAMP) or inhibition (and decreased cAMP), respectively.
  • Intracellular concentration of cGMP also are increased after dopamine D1 receptor activation and are unchanged or inhibited after D2 receptor activation.
  • Cyclic nucleotides activate protein kinase A (PKA; cAMP-dependent protein kinase) and/or protein kinase G (PKG; cGMP-dependent protein kinase) that phosphorylate downstream signal transduction pathway elements such as DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein) and cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB).
  • PKA protein kinase A
  • PKG protein kinase G
  • DARPP-32 diopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein
  • CREB cAMP responsive element binding protein
  • PDEs phosphodiesterases
  • Case-regulated PDEs that hydrolyze cAMP and/or cGMP are therefore potential interfaces between dopamine-regulated and other intracellular signaling pathways in the basal ganglia (striatum), including but not limited to nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) and endorphin intracellular signaling pathways.
  • nitric oxide e.g., noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e
  • Drosophila mutants have shown altered intracellular levels of cAMP or an altered cAMP signaling pathway with concomitant learning deficits in an olfactory conditioning paradigm (Qui, Y. and R. L. Davis. 1993. Genes Dev. 7:1447-1458; Livingstone, M. S. et al. 1984.
  • CaM-PDEs calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterases
  • PDE1A is expressed throughout the brain with higher levels of expression in the CA1 to CA3 layers of the hippocampus and cerebellum and at a low level in the striatum (Borisy, F. F. et al. 1992. J. Neurosci. 12:915-923; Yan, C. et al. 1994. J.
  • PDE1B is predominately expressed in the striatum, dentate gyrus, olfactory tract and cerebellum and its expression has been correlated with brain regions having high levels of dopaminergic innervation (Furuyama, T. et al. 1994. Mol. Brain Res. 26:331-336; Polli, J. W. and R. L. Kincaid. 1994. J. Neurosci. 14:1251-1261; Yan, C. et al. 1994. J. Neurosci. 14:973-984).
  • PDE1C is primarily expressed in olfactory epithelium, cerebellar granule cells, and striatum (Yan, C.
  • the present invention is based on the surprising discovery, on the part of the inventors, that phosphodiesterase (PDE) activity, in particular, phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) activity, functions in brain tissue as a regulator of locomotor activity and learning and memory.
  • PDE phosphodiesterase
  • PDE1B phosphodiesterase 1B
  • PDE1B may be used a therapeutic target for regulation of intracellular signaling pathways, preferably in the nervous system, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • a dopamine D1 receptor e.g., dopamine D2 receptor
  • nitric oxide noradrenergic
  • neurotensin CCK
  • VIP serotonin
  • glutamate e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor
  • GABA acetylcholine
  • adenosine e.g.
  • PDE1B may be used as a therapeutic target for treatment of, e.g., a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular pathway disorder.
  • PDE1B may be used as a therapeutic target for treatment of Parkinson's disease.
  • the invention provides a method for modulating PDE1B activity in a cell or tissue comprising contacting said cell or tissue with an amount of a compound sufficient to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway, wherein contact of said cell or tissue with the compound results in modulation of PDE1B activity.
  • the compound binds to PDE1B.
  • the compound alters expression of PDE1B.
  • phospho-Thr34 phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32
  • phospho-Ser845 phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor
  • the invention also provides a method for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that alters the activity of PDE1B, wherein PDE1B activity modulates phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and/or the GluR1 AMPA receptor.
  • a disorder including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that alters the activity of PDE1B, wherein PDE1B activity modulates phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and/or the GluR1 AMPA receptor.
  • the present invention provides methods for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in an individual (e.g., a patient) or an animal subject by administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to modulate PDE1B activity.
  • the agent promotes or increases the activity of PDE1B.
  • the agent inhibits or decreases the activity of PDE1B.
  • the agent promotes (or increases) or inhibits (or decreases) the activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway via modulation of PDE1B activity.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a disorder, including, but not limited to, a PDE1B-related and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates PDE1B activity, wherein the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 at Thr34, and/or the phosphorylation of GluR1 AMPA receptor at Ser845, is modulated.
  • the agent modulates the activity of PDE1B by binding to PDE1B.
  • a subject in need of such treatment is administered an amount of a compound of the present invention sufficient to modulate PDE1B activity, and modulate DARPP-32 activity, GluR1 AMPA receptor activity, and/or the activity of a intracellular signaling pathway including, but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • a dopamine D1 receptor dopamine D2 receptor
  • nitric oxide noradrenergic
  • neurotensin CCK
  • VIP serotonin
  • glutamate e.g., NM
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity.
  • phospho-Thr34 phospho-Thr34
  • phospho-Ser845 phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor
  • the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
  • the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway.
  • phospho-Thr34 phospho-Thr34
  • phospho-Ser845 phospho-Ser845
  • the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
  • the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway.
  • phospho-Thr34 phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32
  • phospho-Ser845 phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway.
  • the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
  • the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
  • the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity.
  • the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
  • the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
  • the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a PDE I B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient in need of such treatment comprising:
  • the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 is detected in the presence of the potential agent.
  • the ability to treat the PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested.
  • the invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient in need of such treatment comprising:
  • the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor is detected in the presence of the potential agent.
  • the ability to treat the PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested.
  • the invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • the method comprises the additional step of:
  • the invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • the method comprises the additional step of:
  • the invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • the method comprises the additional step of:
  • the invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • the method comprises the additional step of:
  • the invention also provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
  • the animal is a mouse.
  • the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
  • the invention also provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
  • the animal is a mouse.
  • the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
  • the invention also provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
  • the animal is a mouse.
  • the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
  • the invention also provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
  • the animal is a mouse.
  • the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
  • the invention also provides an animal model for testing compounds identified by the screening method of the present invention, wherein the compound is tested for functional utility using the animal model of the present invention.
  • the invention provides an animal model that is a PDE1B-deficient, e.g., null or “knockout” mouse.
  • the invention provides a transgenic knockout mouse comprising a homozygous disruption in its endogenous PDE1B gene, wherein said disruption prevents the expression of a functional PDE1B protein, and further wherein the phenotype of said knockout mouse relative to a mouse having a wild type PDE1B gene comprises absence of PDE1B enzymatic activity when assayed for cAMP or cGMP hydrolysis.
  • the disruption comprises a targeted disruption of the PDE1B catalytic site.
  • the phenotype of the PDE1B knockout mouse relative to a mouse having a wild type PDE1B gene further comprises a phenotype selected from the group consisting of: exhibition of significantly more exploratory behavior during the first 30 minutes of a test period for horizontal locomotor activity, exhibition of significantly more hyperactivity after administration of methamphetamine treatment, exhibition of significantly longer path length in acquisition of a Morris water maze, exhibition in striatal slices from said mouse of increased levels of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 upon administration of a D1 receptor agonist, and exhibition in nucleus accumbens slices from said mouse of increased levels of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 upon administration of a D1 receptor agonist.
  • modulate or “modulation” shall have its usual meaning, and encompasses the meanings of the words “enhance,” “inhibit,” and “mimic.” “Modulation” of activity may be either an increase or a decrease in activity.
  • an “agonist” is any compound that acts directly or indirectly through or upon a receptor to produce a pharmacological effect
  • an “antagonist” is any compound that blocks the stimulation of a receptor and its resulting pharmacological effect.
  • an “effective amount” of a modulatory compound is an amount that can be determined by one of skill in the art based on data from studies using methods of analysis such as those disclosed herein. Such data may include, but not be limited to, results from IC50 determinations, as discussed hereinbelow.
  • DARPP-32 is used interchangeably with “Dopamine- and cyclic AMP (cAMP)-Regulated PhosphoProtein” and “DARPP32” and is a 32 kilodalton cytosolic protein that is selectively enriched in medium-sized spiny neurons in neostriatum.
  • cAMP cyclic AMP
  • the human, mouse, rat and bovine DARPP-32 amino acid sequences are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct.
  • Thr75 DARPP-32 is used interchangeably with “Thr75 DARPP32,” “thr 75 DARPP-32”, “Threonine-75 DARPP-32” and “threonine-75 DARPP-32” along with analogous abbreviations, and denotes the seventy-fifth amino acid residue in the amino acid sequence of DARPP-32 as disclosed by Brene et al. (J. Neurosci. 14:985-998 (1994)) having the GenBank Accession of AAB30129.1, which is a threonine residue that can be phosphorylated by Cdk5 and dephosphorylated by protein phosphatase 2A (PP2A).
  • Thr75DARPP-32 denotes the seventy-fifth amino acid residue in the amino acid sequence of human DARPP-32. Unless otherwise indicated, the term can also refer to a corresponding amino acid residue in the DARPP-32 from another species, e.g., murine, bovine, etc. These sequences are well-known to one of skill in the art, and using routine methods, the corresponding amino acid residue can be identified.
  • phospho-Thr75 DARPP-32 denotes the phosphorylated form of Thr75 DARPP-32.
  • Cdk5 phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 is a protein fragment of DARPP-32 that contains a threonine residue that, when in the dephosphorylated form, can be phosphorylated by Cdk5 and dephosphorylated by protein phosphatase 2A (PP2A).
  • PP2A protein phosphatase 2A
  • the threonine residue is preferably Thr75 DARPP-32.
  • Such fragments can be between about 5 and 100 residues, or more preferably between about 10 and 50 residues.
  • the peptide fragment comprises 5 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr75.
  • the peptide fragment comprises 7 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr75. In an alternative embodiment the peptide fragment comprises between 10 and 25 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr75. All of the peptide fragments can be part of fusion peptides or proteins.
  • a Cdk5 phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 can be prepared by any method commonly known in the art, e.g., cleaving (such as with a protease) and by dephosphorylating the phosphorylated fragment or by cleaving (such as with a protease) the dephosphorylated fragment from a larger fragment of Thr75-DARPP-32 protein or from the full-length DARPP-32 protein.
  • the fragments can be synthesized by either standard peptide synthesis disclosed below, or generated through recombinant DNA technology or by classical proteolysis.
  • Thr34 DARPP-32 is used interchangeably with “Thr34 DARPP32,” “thr 34 DARPP-32” “Threonine-34 DARPP-32” and “threonine-34 DARPP-32” along with analogous abbreviations and denotes the thirty-fourth amino acid residue of the amino acid sequence of DARPP-32 as disclosed by Brene et al. (J. Neurosci. 14:985-998 (1994)) having the GenBank Accession No. of AAB30129.1, which is a threonine residue that can be phosphorylated by the cyclic AMP dependent protein kinase (PKA) or dephosphorylated by protein phosphatase 2B (PP2B).
  • PKA cyclic AMP dependent protein kinase
  • PP2B protein phosphatase 2B
  • Thr34DARPP-32 denotes the thirty-fourth amino acid residue in the amino acid sequence of human DARPP-32. Unless otherwise indicated, the term can also refer to a corresponding amino acid residue in the DARPP-32 from another species, e.g., murine, bovine, etc. These sequences are well-known to one of skill in the art, and using routine methods, the corresponding amino acid residue can be identified.
  • phospho-Thr34 DARPP-32 denotes the phosphorylated form of Thr34 DARPP-32.
  • PKA phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 is a protein fragment of DARPP-32 that contains a threonine residue that, when in the dephosphorylated form, can be phosphorylated by PKA.
  • the threonine residue is preferably Thr34 DARPP-32.
  • Such fragments can be between about 5 and 100 residues, or more preferably between about 10 and 50 residues.
  • the peptide fragment comprises 5 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr34.
  • the peptide fragment comprises 7 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr34.
  • the peptide fragment comprises between 10 and 25 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr34. All of the peptide fragments can be part of fusion peptides or proteins.
  • a PKA phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 can be prepared by any method commonly known in the art, e.g., cleaving (such as with a protease) and by dephosphorylating the phosphorylated fragment or by cleaving (such as with a protease) the dephosphorylated fragment from a larger fragment of Thr34-DARPP-32 protein or from the full-length DARPP-32 protein.
  • the fragments can be synthesized by either standard peptide synthesis disclosed below, or generated through recombinant DNA technology or by classical proteolysis.
  • Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor is used interchangeably with “Ser845-GluR1AMPA receptor,” “ser 845 GluR1 AMPA”, “Serine-845 GluR1 AMPA,” along with analogous abbreviations and denotes the eight-hundred and forty-fifth amino acid residue of the amino acid sequence of the mature human GluR1 AMPA receptor subunit (i.e., serine 863 of the preprotein sequence as disclosed by Puckett et al. (1991, Molecular cloning and chromosomal localization of one of the human glutamate receptor genes, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 88 (17), 7557-7561) having the GenBank Accession No. of NP — 000818 (SEQ ID NO: 7)) which is a serine residue that can be phosphorylated by PKA.
  • Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor denotes the eight-hundred and forty-fifth amino acid residue in the amino acid sequence of human mature GluR1AMPA receptor subunit. Unless otherwise indicated, the term can also refer to a corresponding amino acid residue in the GluR1 AMPA receptor from another species, e.g., murine, bovine, etc. These sequences are well-known to one of skill in the art, and using routine methods, the corresponding amino acid residue can be identified.
  • phospho-Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor or analogous abbreviations as disclosed above, denotes the phosphorylated form of Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor.
  • PKA phosphorylatable fragment of GluR1 AMPA receptor is a protein fragment of GluR1 AMPA receptor that contains a serine residue that, when in the dephosphorylated form, can be phosphorylated by PKA.
  • the serine residue is preferably Ser845 GluR1 AMPA receptor of the mature form (Ser 863 of the preprotein sequence).
  • Such fragments can be between about 5 and 100 residues, or more preferably between about 10 and 50 residues.
  • the peptide fragment comprises 5 consecutive amino acids including Ser845.
  • the peptide fragment comprises 7 consecutive amino acids including Ser845.
  • the peptide fragment comprises between 10 and 25 consecutive amino acids including Ser845. All of the peptide fragments can be part of fusion peptides or proteins.
  • a PKA phosphorylatable fragment of GluR1AMPA receptor can be prepared by any method commonly known in the art, e.g., cleaving (such as with a protease) and by dephosphorylating the phosphorylated fragment or by cleaving (such as with a protease) the dephosphorylated fragment from a larger fragment of Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor protein or from the full-length GluR1AMPA receptor protein.
  • the fragments can be synthesized by either standard peptide synthesis disclosed below, or generated through recombinant DNA technology or by classical proteolysis.
  • the amount and/or rate of phosphorylation of DARPP-32 or of a phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32, as described hereinabove, in a kinase reaction is “significantly changed” when the amount and/or rate of phosphorylation of DARPP-32 or the phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 is increased or decreased by a statistically significant amount, as determined by standard statistical methods known in the art.
  • the significant change is at least about 10-25%, relative to the control reaction.
  • a significant change in rate of the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 by a molecule of interest is at some point correlated with the Michaelis constants (e.g., the Vmax or Km) of the reaction.
  • a KI can be determined.
  • the amount and/or rate of dephosphorylation of DARPP-32 or of a dephosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32, as described hereinabove, in a phosphatase reaction is “significantly changed” when the amount and/or rate of dephosphorylation of DARPP-32 or the dephosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 is increased or decreased by a statistically significant amount, as determined by standard statistical methods known in the art.
  • the significant change is at least about 10-25%, relative to the control reaction.
  • a significant change in rate of the dephosphorylation of DARPP-32 by a molecule of interest e.g., PP2C, PP2B or PP2A
  • a potential modulator e.g., PP2C, PP2B or PP2A
  • the Michaelis constants e.g., the Vmax or Km
  • a KI can be determined.
  • PDE1B-related disorder is used interchangeably with the term “phosphodiesterase1B-related disorder,” “PDE1B disorder” or analogous terms.
  • a PDE1B-related disorder includes, but is not limited to, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's syndrome, tic disorder, Lesch-Nyans disease, pain, dystonias, substance or drug abuse, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, depression, affective disorder, manic-depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorder, emesis, panic disorder, anxiety disorder, migraine, myoclonus, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), post-traumatic stress syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, epilepsy, sleep or circadian rhythm disorder (e.g., insomnia), sexual disorder, stress disorder, hypertension and cancer.
  • Parkinson's disease Huntington's disease
  • ADHD attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
  • ADHD attention
  • a PDE1B-related disorder also includes, but is not be limited to, a disease (e.g., Parkinson's disease) or a condition (e.g., addiction to cocaine) that involves an aberration or dysregulation of a signal transmission pathway, including, but not limited to, neurotransmission mediated by PDE1B in excitable cells, tissues or organs (e.g., neurons, brain, central nervous system, etc.).
  • a PDE1B-related disorder also includes, but is not limited to, a symptom of a PDE1B-related disorder.
  • the pathway affected includes the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of DARPP-32, with the corresponding treatment of the dysregulation involving the stimulation and/or inhibition of the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of one or more specific threonine and/or serine residues of DARPP-32 (see, e.g., Greengard et al., Neuron 23:435-447 (1999); Bibb et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 97:6809-68 14 (2000); and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos.
  • the pathway affected includes the phosphorylation of phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor by cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA) with the corresponding treatment of the dysregulation involving the stimulation and/or inhibition of the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of one or more specific serine residues of GluR1AMPA receptor (see, e.g., Kameyama, K. et al. 1998. Neuron 21:1163-1175).
  • the pathway affected includes GluR1 subunit of the AMPA receptor as an endpoint of the dopamine pathway.
  • the pathway affected includes other endpoints for the biological effects of dopaminergic intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to phosphorylation of several types of calcium channels, the Na/K ATPase, NMDA receptors, CREB, etc., as would be apparent to one of skill in the art.
  • a “dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway” is used interchangeably with “D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway,” “dopamine D1 intracellular signaling cascade,” “dopamine Disignaling cascade” or analogous terms.
  • dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is used interchangeably with the term “D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder,” or analogous terms.
  • a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder includes, but is not limited to Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's syndrome, tic disorder, Lesch-Nyans disease, pain, dystonias, substance or drug abuse, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, depression, affective disorder, manic-depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorder, emesis, panic disorder, anxiety disorder, migraine, myoclonus, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), post-traumatic stress syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, epilepsy, sleep or circadian rhythm disorder (e.g., insomnia), sexual disorder, stress disorder, hypertension and cancer.
  • Parkinson's disease Huntington's disease
  • ADHD attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
  • a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder also includes, but is not be limited to, a disease (e.g., Parkinson's disease) or a condition (e.g., addiction to cocaine) that involves an aberration or dysregulation of a signal transmission pathway, including, but not limited to, neurotransmission mediated by dopamine D1 receptors in excitable cells, tissues or organs (e.g., neurons, brain, central nervous system, etc.).
  • a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder also includes, but is not limited to, a symptom of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder.
  • the pathway affected includes the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of DARPP-32, with the corresponding treatment of the dysregulation involving the stimulation and/or inhibition of the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of one or more specific threonine and/or serine residues of DARPP-32 (see, e.g., Greengard et al., Neuron 23:435-447 (1999); Bibb et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 97:6809-68 14 (2000); and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos.
  • the pathway affected includes the phosphorylation of phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor by cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA) with the corresponding treatment of the dysregulation involving the stimulation and/or inhibition of the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of one or more specific serine residues of GluR1 AMPA receptor (see, e.g., (Kameyama, K. et at. 1998. Neuron 21:1163-1175).
  • PKA cAMP-dependent protein kinase
  • a “small organic molecule” is an organic compound (or organic compound complexed with an inorganic compound (e.g., metal)) that has a molecular weight of less than 3 kilodaltons, preferably less than 1.5 kilodaltons.
  • the small organic molecule can cross the blood-brain barrier.
  • an amino acid sequence that contains about 60 amino acid residues can contain between 51 to 69 amino acid residues, more preferably 57 to 63 amino acid residues.
  • FIGS. 1 A-C Targeting strategy for PDE1B and Southern and Northern blot analysis of offspring of the third generation backcrossing.
  • A Schematic of a portion of the endogenous PDE1B gene and the result of homologous recombination with the targeting vector.
  • a 3.1 kb portion of the PDE1B gene encoding the central catalytic domain was disrupted by replacement with the 2.9 kb HPRT gene.
  • Disruption resulted in a size shift in the StuI fragment from 3.7 to 2.2 kb and a size shift in an NdeI/KpnI fragment from 3.7 to 10.6 kb.
  • the bars above the PDE1B gene represent genomic DNA sequences included in the targeting vector.
  • the bars below the PDE1B gene indicate the restriction fragments used for Southern blot analysis of ES cell and mouse genomic DNA. Numbered thick vertical lines represent exons. Thin vertical lines indicate restriction enzyme sites. S, StuI; N, NdeI; X, XbaI; A, AceI; K, KpnI. B, Southern blot of offspring of third generation backcross mice of mouse genomic DNA digested with StuI demonstrating wild-type (W), heterozygous (H), and null (N) genotypes. The 2.2 kb StuI fragment was generated by homologous recombination with the targeting vector. All blots were probed with a PDE1B exon 3 probe.
  • RNA from mice of each genotype was analyzed by Northern blot by hybridizing with K-17, a cDNA probe corresponding to the central catalytic domain (Repaske et al., 1992, J Biol Chem 267:18683-18688).
  • the expected approximately 3.0 kb transcript is observed in the WT and PDE1B +/ ⁇ mice only (top).
  • the methylene blue-stained ribosomal bands on the same Northern blot demonstrate equal RNA loading (bottom). See Section 6 for details.
  • FIGS. 3 A-B Sex differences in total distance. Shown is the mean ⁇ SEM distance traveled by males (top) and females (bottom) in the activity apparatus in 3 min blocks. The arrow indicates time of methamphetamine administration (1 mg/kg).
  • FIGS. 4 A-D Phosphorylation of PKA mediated substrates in WT and PDE1B ⁇ / ⁇ mice.
  • A Immunoblot showing level of phospho-Thr 34DARPP-32 in control (Con) striatal slices and in slices treated with the adenylyl cyclase activator forskolin (For) from WT and PDE1B ⁇ / ⁇ mice.
  • C Immunoblot showing levels of phospho-Thr 34 and total DARPP-32 (left) and phospho-Ser 845 and total GluR1 (right) in untreated (Con) and D1-agonist treated (D1) striatal slices from WT and PDE1B ⁇ / ⁇ mice.
  • FIGS. 7 A-B Spatial memory in the Morris water maze: probe trial performance. Path length (mean ⁇ SEM) is expressed as a percentage of total swim time in the target annulus (A) and the outer annulus (B) averaged across the two probe trials and gender. *p ⁇ 0.01 compared with wild-type mice. See Section 6 for details.
  • the present invention is based on the surprising discovery, on the part of the inventors, that phosphodiesterase (PDE) activity, in particular, phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) activity, functions in brain tissue as a regulator of locomotor activity and learning and memory.
  • PDE phosphodiesterase
  • PDE1B phosphodiesterase 1B
  • PDE1B may be used a therapeutic target for regulation of intracellular signaling pathways, preferably in the nervous system, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • a dopamine D1 receptor e.g., dopamine D2 receptor
  • nitric oxide noradrenergic
  • neurotensin CCK
  • VIP serotonin
  • glutamate e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor
  • GABA acetylcholine
  • adenosine e.g.
  • PDE1B may be used as a therapeutic target for treatment of, e.g., a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular pathway disorder.
  • PDE1B may be used as a therapeutic target for treatment of Parkinson's disease.
  • dopamine D1 receptors mediate the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 via dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathways.
  • dopamine D1 receptor activation leads to adenylyl cyclase activation (and increased cAMP).
  • cAMP activates protein kinase A (PKA; cAMP-dependent protein kinase), which phosphorylates (or modulates phosphorylation of) downstream elements in intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to, DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B and PP-1.
  • PDEs phosphodiesterases
  • dopamine D2 receptor activation leads to adenylyl cyclase inhibition (and decreased cAMP).
  • Intracellular concentration of cGMP also are unchanged or inhibited after D2 receptor activation.
  • cGMP activates protein kinase G (PKG; cGMP-dependent protein kinase), which phosphorylates downstream signal transduction pathway elements, including but not limited to downstream elements in intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to, DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-2 1), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B and PP-1.
  • PKG protein kinase G
  • calcium-regulated PDE1B is an interface for regulating activity between dopamine-regulated intracellular signaling pathways and another intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to a nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • a nitric oxide e.g., noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (
  • PDE1B regulates signaling from other cAMP- or cGMP-coupled inputs (A2a, D2, opiate, nitric oxide, glutamate, etc.) that modulate of phosphorylation of
  • DARPP-32 regulates DARPP-32-independent signaling from the D1 receptor, as well as other cAMP- or cGMP-coupled inputs (A2a, D2, opiate, nitric oxide, glutamate, etc.) by modulating the direct phosphorylation, by PKA and by PKG, of endpoint proteins including, but not limited to, the AMPA receptor, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase, NMDA receptor, and CREB.
  • endpoint proteins including, but not limited to, the AMPA receptor, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase, NMDA receptor, and CREB.
  • enhancement of cAMP signaling by inactivation of PDE1B-mediated cyclic nucleotide hydrolysis plays a significant role in dopaminergic function through regulating the activity of DARPP-32 and these related intracellular signaling pathways.
  • modulation of PDE1B activity should also modulate the activity of these inter-related intracellular signaling pathways.
  • the present invention provides a method for modulating PDE1B activity in a cell or tissue comprising contacting said cell or tissue with an amount of a compound sufficient to alter activity of an intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling, wherein contact of said cell or tissue with the compound results in modulation of PDE1B activity.
  • the compound modulates the activity of PDE1B by binding to PDE1B. Binding may be measured under any standard art-known physiological conditions, according to methods well known in the art.
  • the phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor is modulated via modulation of PDE1B.
  • the phosphorylation of an element downstream in an intracellular signaling pathway is modulated via modulation of PDE1B.
  • the present invention also provides a method for modulating activity of an intracellular signaling molecule, including, but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor, comprising administering (for example, to an individual, patient or animal) an amount of a compound sufficient to alter activity of an intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g.,
  • the compound is a compound identified by the methods of the invention, wherein the compound modulates PDE1B activity and wherein modulation of PDE1B activity results in an alteration in the activity of said intracellular signaling molecule in a cell or tissue.
  • the compound binds to PDE1B.
  • the compound alters expression of PDE1B.
  • the intracellular signaling molecule is downstream in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the intracellular signaling molecule is in an excitable cell, e.g., a neuron.
  • the activity of PDE1B is increased. In other specific embodiments, the activity of PDE1B is decreased. In certain embodiments, activity of PDE1B encompasses expression of PDE1B. Expression (e.g., gene expression, expression of a protein) may be measured by any method commonly known in the art.
  • the invention provides a method for regulating phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling molecule, including but not limited to, DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor, in a cell or tissue comprising administering an amount of a compound sufficient to modulate PDE1B activity, wherein modulation of the PDE1B activity results in an alteration in the phosphorylation-dependent activation of said molecule in the cell or tissue.
  • DARPP-32 dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32
  • ARPP-16 D
  • a cell or tissue may include, but not be limited to: an excitable cell, e.g., a sensory neuron, motorneuron, or interneuron; a glial cell; a primary culture of cells, e.g., a primary culture of neuronal or glial cells; cell(s) derived from a neuronal or glial cell line; dissociated cell(s); whole cell(s) or intact cell(s); permeabilized cell(s); a broken cell preparation; an isolated and/or purified cell preparation; a cellular extract or purified enzyme preparation; a tissue or organ, e.g., brain, brain structure, brain slice, spinal cord, spinal cord slice, central nervous system, peripheral nervous system, or nerve; tissue slices, and a whole animal.
  • an excitable cell e.g., a sensory neuron, motorneuron, or interneuron
  • a glial cell e.g., a primary culture of cells, e.g., a primary culture of
  • the brain structure is the striatum, basal ganglia, nucleus accumbens, or their anatomical and/or functional counterparts in other mammalian species.
  • a method for modulating PDE1B activity in cells or tissues of interest in vitro.
  • PDE1B activity in cells or tissues of interest is modulated in situ or in vivo.
  • the in vitro, in situ and in vivo applications may include, but are not limited to modulating activity in any of the cells or tissues disclosed hereinabove.
  • the present invention provides, in vivo, in situ, and in vitro, methods of identifying an agent, drug or compound for modulating PDE1B activity in a cell or tissue.
  • the method comprises identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a disorder, including, but not limited to, a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder. Such methods can be used alone or in conjunction with each other.
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in PDE1B activity determined according to the methods of the invention is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling pathway, including, but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • an intracellular signaling pathway including, but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA
  • a difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling molecule, including but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor.
  • DARPP-32 dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32
  • ARPP-16 DARPP-16
  • ARPP-19 DARPP-19
  • ARPP-21 DARPP-21
  • CREB cAMP responsive element binding protein
  • AMPA receptor e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity.
  • the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of the test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling pathway molecule, including but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor.
  • DARPP-32 dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32
  • ARPP-16 DARPP-16
  • ARPP-19 DARPP-19
  • ARPP-21 DARPP-21
  • CREB cAMP responsive element binding protein
  • AMPA receptor e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor
  • a control level means a separate baseline level measured in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with a test compound or a level that is measured in a cell or tissue prior to contacting it with a test compound.
  • the invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway molecule in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway molecule.
  • modulation of PDE1B activity regulates modulation of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the difference in activity is PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling molecule, including but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor.
  • DARPP-32 dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32
  • ARPP-16 DARPP-16
  • ARPP-19 DARPP-19
  • ARPP-21 DARPP-21
  • CREB cAMP responsive element binding protein
  • AMPA receptor e.g., GluR1 AMPA
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity.
  • modulation of PDE1B activity regulates modulation of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the difference in activity is PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling molecule, including but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor.
  • DARPP-32 dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32
  • ARPP-16 DARPP-16
  • ARPP-19 DARPP-19
  • ARPP-21 DARPP-21
  • CREB cAMP responsive element binding protein
  • AMPA receptor e.g., GluR1AMPA
  • the invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a disorder, including but not limited to, a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need of such treatment comprising:
  • the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 is detected in the presence of the potential agent.
  • the PDE1B and Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 are in a cell or tissue.
  • the ability to treat a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested.
  • the invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need of such treatment comprising:
  • the PDE1B and Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor are in a cell or tissue.
  • the ability to treat a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • the method comprises the additional step of:
  • the intracellular signaling pathway is a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the invention provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
  • a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate of the intracellular signaling pathway.
  • modulation of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway is modulated by PDE1B.
  • the method comprises the additional step of:
  • the intracellular signaling pathway is a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway.
  • any and/or all of the embodiments disclosed herein for identifying an agent, drug or compound that can modulate the activity of PDE1B, including such procedures that incorporate rational drug design, as disclosed herein, can be combined to form additional drug screens and assays, all of which are contemplated by the present invention.
  • PDE1B plays an important role in controlling levels of cAMP, and since the cAMP-PKA pathway interacts with many other signaling pathways in the brain, modulation of PDE1B will, in certain embodiments, ameliorate the symptoms and/or be used in the treatment of disorders including, but not limited to, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's syndrome, tic disorder, Lesch-Nyans disease, pain, dystonias, substance or drug abuse, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, depression, affective disorder, manic-depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorder, emesis, panic disorder, anxiety disorder, migraine, myoclonus, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), post-traumatic stress syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, epilepsy, sleep or circadian rhythm disorder (e.g., insomnia), sexual disorder, stress disorder, hypertension and cancer.
  • disorders including, but
  • patterns and/or levels of DARPP-32 phosphorylation and/or GluR1 AMPA receptor phosphorylation may be determined both before and after treatment of cells or tissues with a test compound.
  • the compound may be used to treat a PDE1B-related disorder, a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, as well as other conditions in which dopaminergic systems are involved. Such conditions would include, but not be limited to, a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder.
  • the compounds identified would be administered as an effective dose or amount which can be determined by one of skill in the art based on data from studies such as presented in this specification. Such data would include, but not be limited to, results from IC50 determinations.
  • the present invention also provides in vivo methods of identifying agents that can modulate the activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway via modulation of PDE1B activity.
  • glutamate e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor
  • GABA acetylcholine
  • adenosine e.g., A2A receptor
  • cannabinoid receptor natriuretic peptide
  • endorphin intracellular signaling pathway via modulation of PDE1B activity e.g., ANP, B
  • One such in vivo method comprises administering the agent to a non-human mammal.
  • the amount (and/or rate) of activation of PDE1B is then determined.
  • An agent is identified as capable of modulating the activity of an intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway, via modulation of PDE1B, when the amount (and/or rate) of PDE1B activation is increased or decreased in the presence of the agent relative to in the absence of the agent.
  • an intracellular signaling pathway including but
  • the non-human mammal is a rodent.
  • the rodent is a wild-type mouse.
  • the non-human mammal is an animal model for a disease or disorder. Such animal models are disclosed herein.
  • an experimental animal is used to ascertain the effect of a potential agent on a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder.
  • a potential modulator that ameliorates the disorder can then be selected.
  • a locomotor or learning behavioral response of an animal can be determined in the presence and absence of the agent.
  • locomotor activity of the animal e.g., a mouse
  • an activity monitor as disclosed in Section 6.
  • a behavioral test e.g., a test for exploratory behavior during horizontal locomotor activity, a test for locomotor activity after administration of methamphetamine treatment, or a Morris water maze can be used, as disclosed in Section 6.
  • a potential therapeutic agent e.g., a candidate drug, potential modulator, etc.
  • potential therapeutic agents can be used to treat whole animals.
  • the potential modulators can be administered by a variety of ways including topically, orally, subcutaneously, or intraperitoneally (such as by intraperitoneal injection) depending on the proposed use. Optimal dose will be empirically defined. Animals can be sacrificed by focused microwave beam irradiation, for example.
  • the potential efficacy of these compounds in relieving pathological symptoms of a disorder can be assessed in animal models for disease.
  • animals ectopically expressing the human disease-causing form of the Huntington's disease (HD) gene exhibit neuropathological symptoms similar to those of HD patients.
  • Models such as these can be used to assess the efficacy of any potential therapeutic agents as disclosed hereinbelow.
  • at least two groups of animals are used in the assay, with at least one group being a control group in which the administration vehicle is administered without the potential modulator.
  • the invention provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
  • the animal is a mouse.
  • the invention provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
  • the animal is a mouse.
  • the intracellular signaling pathway is a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the invention provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
  • the animal is a mouse.
  • the invention provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
  • the animal is a mouse.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method for selecting a therapeutic agent for potential use in the treatment of disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, which comprises administering a suspected therapeutic agent to an animal model, and measuring and/or determining the putative therapeutic agent's effect on any of the phenotypic characteristics of the animal model, which may be believed to be related to said disorder.
  • Potential therapeutic agents are selected on the basis of whether there is a statistical significance between a test response and a normal (i.e., naive or wild-type) response. Potential therapeutic agents are selected that show a statistically significant change in the characteristic measured/determined. In a preferred embodiment, the response of a wild-type animal in the presence of a therapeutic agent is characteristically different from the response of a wild-type animal to which the agent has not been administered.
  • a still further aspect of the invention is a method for selecting a therapeutic agent for possible use in the treatment of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, which comprises administering a suspected therapeutic agent to an animal model for a disorder and measuring and/or determining the putative therapeutic agent's effect on any of the phenotypic characteristics outlined above which may be believed to be related to said disorder.
  • the agent is administered along with a D1 receptor agonist.
  • the amount (and/or rate) of modulation of PDE1B activity is then determined. Since the administration of e.g., a D1 receptor agonist, in the absence of the agent, should result in an increase in PDE1B, DARPP-32 and GluR1 AMPA receptor activity, an agent is identified as capable of modulating the activity of PDE1B when the amount (and/or rate) of activation is significantly increased or decreased in the presence of the agent relative to in the absence of the agent.
  • the agent is administered along with a D1 receptor antagonist.
  • the amount (and/or rate) of modulation of PDE1B activity is then determined. Since the administration of a D1 receptor antagonist in the absence of the agent should result in a decrease in PDE1B, DARPP-32 and GluR1 AMPA receptor activity, an agent is identified as capable of modulating the activity of PDE1B when the amount (and/or rate) of activation is significantly increased or decreased in the presence of the agent relative to in the absence of the agent.
  • combinatorial libraries of chemical compounds can be tested as drug candidates.
  • the assay is performed using high throughput technology with automated robotic technology as disclosed herein. Positive results (“hits”) represent either the reduced or increased activity of PDE1B, as compared to the control reactions (in which the drug candidate is not included in the assay).
  • a drug candidate is selected, structural variants of the drug candidate can be tested. These compounds can also be scrutinized and modified with parameters such as membrane permeability, specificity of effects, and toxicity.
  • the selected (e.g., the most potent) compounds of this secondary screening can then be evaluated in situ and in animal models (see Section 5.5) to determine whether the selected compounds alter the activity of PDE1B, and/or induce predicted behavioral alterations with minimal to no side-effects.
  • Such behavioral abnormalities may include, but not be limited to, testing locomotor activity or learning and memory, as disclosed herein (see also, e.g., réelle et al., J. Pharmacol., Exp. Ther. 269:137-144 (1994); U.S. patent application Ser. Nos.
  • modulators e.g., activators or inhibitors
  • PDE1B activity can be obtained by screening, e.g., a random peptide library produced by recombinant bacteriophage (see, e.g., Scott and Smith, Science 249:386-390 (1990); Cwirla et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:6378-6382 (1990); Devlin et al., Science 249:404-406 (1990)) or a chemical library.
  • phage method very large libraries can be constructed (106-108 chemical entities).
  • a second approach may be to use chemical methods, of which the Geysen method (Geysen et al., Molecular Immunology 23:709-715 (1986); Geysen et al. J. Immunologic Method 102:259-274 (1987)) and the method of Fodor et al. (Science 251:767-773 (1991)) are examples.
  • Furka et al. 14th international Congress of Biochemistry, Volume 5, Abstract FR:013 (1988); Furka, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 37:487-493 (1991)
  • Houghton U.S. Pat. No. 4,631,211, issued December 1986
  • Rutter et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,175, issued Apr. 23, 1991 disclose methods to produce a mixture of peptides. Such peptides can be tested as potential modulators of PDE1B activity.
  • chemical analogues can be either selected from a library of chemicals as are commercially available (e.g., from Chembridge Corporation, San Diego, Calif. or Evotec OAI, Abingdon, UK), or alternatively synthesized de novo.
  • the prospective agent (drug) can be placed into any standard assay to test its effect on the activity of PDE1B activation. A drug is then selected that modulates the activity of PDE1B activation.
  • the present invention also contemplates screens for small molecules, analogs thereof, as well as screens for natural modulators of PDE1B, such as those molecules that bind to and inhibit or activate, e.g., D1 receptors or PDE1B in vivo.
  • natural products libraries can be screened using assays of the invention for molecules that modulate e.g., D1 receptors or PDE1B activity.
  • the target e.g., PDE1B
  • the target can be attached to a solid support.
  • Methods for placing such targets on the solid support are well known in the art and include such things as linking biotin to the target and linking avidin to the solid support.
  • the solid support can be washed to remove unreacted species.
  • a solution of a labeled potential modulator e.g., an inhibitor
  • the solid support is washed again to remove the potential modulator not bound to the support.
  • the amount of labeled potential modulator remaining with the solid support and thereby bound to the target can be determined.
  • the dissociation constant between the labeled potential modulator and the target for example, can be determined. Suitable labels for either the target or the potential modulator are disclosed herein.
  • a potential modulator can be assayed for its ability to modulate the phosphorylation of Thr34 DARPP-32 by PKA or its dephosphorylation by PP2B, or the phosphorylation of Ser845-GluR1 AMPA receptor by PKA, or the dephosphorylation of Ser845-GluR1 AMPA receptor, either independently, or subsequent to, a binding assay as disclosed herein.
  • the amount and/or rate of phosphorylation or dephosphorylation of Thr34 DARPP-32, or a fragment thereof comprising the Thr34 residue is determined.
  • the amount and/or rate of phosphorylation or dephosphorylation of Ser845 GluR1 AMPA receptor, or a fragment thereof comprising the Ser845 residue is determined.
  • Such assays are known in the art.
  • a potential modulator can be added to a striatal tissue slice (as disclosed in Sections 6). Tissue samples can be treated with various concentrations of a potential modulator and the sample can then be analyzed for activity of PDE1B.
  • Potential modulators of the activity of PDE1B can be tested for example, on intact neurons in situ by treatment of acutely prepared neostriatal slices incubated in Krebs bicarbonate buffer solution containing the reagent. The effects of these compounds can be tested by empirically defining the optimal concentration and time of incubation.
  • homogenates of striatal tissue are subjected to immunoblot analysis
  • inhibitors and activators of calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterases can be detected and isolated using methods commonly known in the art, and/or identified by direct assay of isolated enzyme. Such assays are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • the methods of Thompson et al. (1971, Multiple cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase activities from rat brain. Biochemistry 10: 311-316) may be used to assay for PDE activity.
  • either cAMP or cGMP may be used as a substrate in the assay.
  • tissue is first homogenized in a buffer that contains a mixture of protease inhibitors, e.g., as described by Swinnen et al., (1989, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 86: 8197-8201).
  • PDE1B may be immunoprecipitated from brain homogenate using standard methods, using, e.g., a commercial antibody, e.g., AB-1655 Rabbit Anti-Calmodulin-Dependent Phosphodiesterase 1B1 Affinity-Purified Antibody (Chemicon).
  • a commercial antibody e.g., AB-1655 Rabbit Anti-Calmodulin-Dependent Phosphodiesterase 1B1 Affinity-Purified Antibody (Chemicon).
  • PDE1B can be isolated from bovine brain using ion-exchange chromatography and affinity chromatography on Calmodulin-Sepharose (Sharma, R. K., T. H. Wang, et al. (1980). “Purification and properties of bovine brain calmodulin-dependent cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase.” J Biol Chem 255(12): 5916-23).
  • a cloned cDNA copy of a CaM-PDE mRNA can be used to express epitope-tagged enzyme in baculovirus and this enzyme can be affinity purified from insect cell extracts.
  • This enzyme can be affinity purified from insect cell extracts.
  • Clarburg et al. described this procedure for PDE1A enzyme (Sonnenburg, W. K., D. Seger, et al. (1995). “Identification of inhibitory and calmodulin-binding domains of the PDE1A1 and PDE1A2 calmodulin-stimulated cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases.” J Biol Chem 270(52): 30989-1000) and it may be readily adapted for PDE1B.
  • Mammalian phosphodiesterases may also be expressed in PDE-deficient yeast (Engels, P., M. Sullivan, et al. (1995). “Molecular cloning and functional expression in yeast of a human cAMP-specific phosphodiesterase subtype (PDE IV-C).” FEBS Lett 358(3): 305-10; Atienza, J. M. and J. Colicelli (1998). “Yeast model system for study of mammalian phosphodiesterases.” Methods 14(1): 35-42). CaM-PDE expression in recombinant yeast may also be carried out according to the methods described by Loughney et al. (1996, “Isolation and characterization of cDNAs corresponding to two human calcium, calmodulin-regulated, 3′,5′-cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases.” J Biol Chem 271(2): 796-806).
  • Overexpression of a CaM-PDE may be carried out according to methods commonly known in the art.
  • overexpression of a CaM-PDE is carried out in transfected mammalian cells using vectors such as pcDNA3.
  • the overexpression of the CaM-PDE provides a means to study inhibition of the cloned enzyme, by comparing transfected and non-transfected cells (Yan, C., A. Z. Zhao, et al. (1996). “The calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterase gene PDE1C encodes several functionally different splice variants in a tissue-specific manner.” J Biol Chem 271(41): 25699-706.).
  • CaM-PDE activity may be assayed according to methods commonly known in the art. Phosphodiesterase cleavage of radioactively labeled cAMP or cGMP can be used to detect phosphodiesterase inhibitors. In one embodiment, the assay for phosphodiesterase activity relies on recovery of labeled adenosine following a two-step biochemical assay. In the first step, phosphodiesterase hydrolyzes [ 3 H]cyclic AMP to [ 3 H]5′-AMP. In the second step, snake venom 5′-nucleotidase is added to convert the [ 3 H]5′-AMP to [ 3 H]adenosine.
  • Labeled adenosine is separated from [ 3 1H]cyclic AMP by anion exchange or affinity chromatography and then detected by liquid scintillation counting.
  • One such assay has been described for cAMP-specific phosphodiesterase PDE4 by Hansen and Beavo (1982, “Purification of two calcium/calmodulin-dependent forms of cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase by using conformation-specific monoclonal antibody chromatography.” Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 79(9): 2788-92), and modified for high throughput by Daniels and Alvarez (1996, “A semiautomated method for the assay of cyclic adenosine 5′-monophosphate phosphodiesterase.” Anal Biochem 236(2): 367-9).
  • These assays may be modified, according to methods known in the art, to detect inhibitors of the calcium/calmodulin-dependent PDE1B enzyme.
  • CaCl 2 (0.2 mM) and calmodulin (4 ⁇ g/ml) are added to the assay.
  • PDE1B activity in semipurified mixtures can be detected by comparing phosphodiesterase activity in the presence of calcium and calmodulin with the activity measured in the presence of 1 mM EGTA.
  • a high throughput method may be used to perform a CaM-PDE assay, for example, using the methods of Daniels and Alvarez (1996, “A semiautomated method for the assay of cyclic adenosine 5′-monophosphate phosphodiesterase.” Anal Biochem 236(2): 367-9).
  • Such an assay may also be modified, in certain embodiments, into a one-step procedure. In the one-step procedure, conversion of 3 H-AMP to adenosine using snake venom phosphodiesterase is omitted. Instead, 3 H-AMP is separated from [ 3 1H]cyclic AMP by affinity chromatography using alumina or boronate resin at alkaline pH (Smith, B.
  • Kinase activities can be monitored by a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art, e.g., the methods disclosed in Parker, Law, et al., 2000, Development of high throughput screening assays using fluorescence polarization: nuclear receptor-ligand-binding and kinase/phosphatase assays, J. Biomolec. Screening 5(2): 77-88; Bader et al. (2001, Journal of Biomolecular Screening 6(4): 255-64); Liu, F., X. H. Ma, et al. (2001).
  • samples containing the kinase of interest are exposed under the appropriate conditions to radioactive ATP and a synthetic peptide substrate of the appropriate composition to provide a site for phosphorylation.
  • the radioactive phosphate newly associated with the peptide is then measured.
  • Addition of a chemical moiety, such as biotin covalently linked to the substrate peptide allows binding of the substrate peptide by a streptavidin-coated bead.
  • Bead-bound peptide can be isolated and associated radioactivity measured, or, preferably, radioactivity associated with the substrate peptide can be measured directly using a bead suitable for scintillation proximity assays.
  • Activities of protein phosphatases can be monitored by a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art, e.g., the methods disclosed in Cohen et al.(1988, Protein phosphatase-1 and protein phosphatase-2A from rabbit skeletal muscle, Methods Enzymol 159:390-408) or Stewart and Cohen (1988, Protein phosphatase-2B from rabbit skeletal muscle: a Ca 2+ -dependent, calmodulin-stimulated enzyme, Methods Enzymol 159:409-16).
  • Modulators of PDE1B can also be identified by screening for modulators of DARPP-32 phosphorylation, i.e., Ser137 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (CK1), Thr75 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (Cdk5) or Thr34 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (PKA, PP2B, PP1).
  • DARPP-32 phosphorylation i.e., Ser137 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (CK1), Thr75 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (Cdk5) or Thr34 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (PKA, PP2B, PP1).
  • CK1 Ser137 DARPP-32 phosphorylation
  • Cdk5 Thr75 DARPP-32 phosphorylation
  • PDA Thr34 DARPP-32 phosphorylation
  • Phosphorylation of a peptide substrate can also be detected via direct binding of phosphospecific antibodies or by measuring displacement of a phosphospecific antibody from a competitor phosphopeptide (see, e.g., Parker, Law et al., 2000, Development of high throughput screening assays using fluorescence polarization: nuclear receptor-ligand-binding and kinase/phosphatase assays, J. Biomolec. Screening 5(2): 77-88). Fluorescence methods such as fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) or fluorescence polarization (FP) can be used to detect the specific phosphopeptide-antibody complexes. These methods have the advantage that they employ “homogeneous” detection that is not dependent on isolation of the bound species, but rather depends on changes in fluorescence that occur owing to specific binding in solution.
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • FP fluorescence polarization
  • Phosphorylation state-specific antibodies against phosphoserine, phosphothreonine, or phosphotyrosine are commercially available. These antibodies are useful for determining whether proteins are phosphorylated in general, and on which residue. Such antibodies are available from commercial sources (see, e.g., Smith, The Engineer 15[4]:24, Feb. 19, 2001 for list of commercial sources, including Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc., Sigma RBI, Stratagene, Upstate Biotechnology and Zymed).
  • Fluorescence resonance energy transfer is widely used for homogeneous assays capable of detecting specific binding of macromolecules. FRET depends on the ability of excited “donor” fluorescent molecules (fluorophores) to transfer their energy to nearby “acceptor” fluorophores rather than emitting light. Thus, when the two fluorophores are brought together in space by binding to a substrate target, fluorescence emitted at the normal donor wavelength is reduced and fluorescence emitted by the acceptor fluorophore increases. Either the decrease in donor fluorescence or the increase in acceptor fluorescence can be used to measure the binding event.
  • the methods disclosed in Bader et al. (2001, A cGMP-dependent protein kinase assay for high throughput screening based on time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer, Journal of Biomolecular Screening 6(4): 255-64) are used to determine activity of e.g., a phosphodiesterase, kinase or protein phosphatase.
  • Bader et al. 2001, A cGMP-dependent protein kinase assay for high throughput screening based on time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer, Journal of Biomolecular Screening 6(4): 255-64) are used to determine activity of e.g., a phosphodiesterase, kinase or protein phosphatase.
  • a cGMP-dependent protein kinase assay for high throughput screening based on time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer (“FRET”), which as, would be appreciated by one of skill in the art, may be adapted for assays of a phosphodiesterase or protein phosphatase.
  • FRET fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • Samples containing the kinase of interest are exposed to ATP and a synthetic peptide substrate with a kinase-specific phosphorylation site and an amino-terminal biotin moiety.
  • Phosphorylated peptide is detected using allophycocyanin-labeled streptavidin, a phosphopeptide specific antibody, and a Europium-chelate-labeled secondary antibody.
  • FRET pairs Other pairs of fluorophores, such as coumarin and fluorescein isothiocyanate, can be used. Pairs of such molecules that can engage in fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) are termed FRET pairs.
  • FRET pairs FRET pairs of fluorescence resonance energy transfer
  • the donor and acceptor molecules must typically be in close proximity (up to 70 to 100 ⁇ (Clegg, 1992, Methods Enzymol. 211:353-388; Selvin, 1995, Methods Enzymol. 246: 300-334). The efficiency of energy transfer falls off rapidly with the distance between the donor and acceptor molecules.
  • Molecules that are commonly used in FRET include fluorescein, 5-carboxyfluorescein (FAM), 2′7′-dimethoxy-4′5′-dichloro-6-carboxyfluorescein (JOE), rhodamine, 6-carboxyrhodamine (R6G), N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyl-6-carboxyrhodamine (TAMRA), 6-carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX), 4-(4′-dimethylaminophenylazo)benzoic acid (DABCYL), and 5-(2′-aminoethyl)aminonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid (EDANS).
  • FAM 5-carboxyfluorescein
  • JE 2′7′-dimethoxy-4′5′-dichloro-6-carboxyfluorescein
  • rhodamine 6-carboxyrhodamine
  • R6G 6-carboxy
  • a fluorophore is a donor or an acceptor is defined by its excitation and emission spectra, and the fluorophore with which it is paired.
  • FAM is most efficiently excited by light with a wavelength of 488 nm, and emits light with a spectrum of 500 to 650 nm, and an emission maximum of 525 nm.
  • FAM is a suitable donor fluorophore for use with JOE, TAMRA, and ROX (all of which have their excitation maximum at 514 nm).
  • Fluorescence polarization measurements can also be used for measuring the activity of a phosphodiesterase, protein kinase or a phosphatase (see, e.g., Parker, Law et al., 2000, Development of high throughput screening assays using fluorescence polarization: nuclear receptor-ligand-binding and kinase/phosphatase assays, J. Biomolec. Screening 5(2): 77-88; Turek et al., 2001, Anal. Biochem. 299: 45-53). Binding of a large specific antibody to a fluorescent small phosphopeptide slows its tumbling rate and increases the fluorescence polarization signal.
  • fluorescence polarization is proportional to the amount of bound fluorescent phosphopeptide.
  • This assay can be used in a competitive mode, in which a fixed concentration of fluorescent peptide and antibody are added to a biological sample, and the presence of non-fluorescent phosphoprotein or phosphopeptide is recorded as a decrease in signal. It can also be used in a direct binding mode, in which phosphate addition (by e.g., a kinase) or removal (by e.g., a phosphatase) modulates antibody binding and thus polarization signal.
  • a fluorescence polarization assay is performed using the methods of Turek et al. (2001, Anal. Biochem. 299: 45-53), in which a product-specific anti-phosphorylated peptide-specific (e.g., anti-phospho-serine) antibody is used.
  • a cell-based assay for phosphorylation is used.
  • signal transduction based on protein phosphorylation is visualized in vivo, e.g., in single living cells using fluorescent indicators, using methods such as those disclosed in Sato et al. (2002, Fluorescent indicators for imaging protein phosphorylation in single living cells, Nature Biotechnology 20(3): 287-94).
  • fluorescent indicators e.g., Fluorescent indicators for imaging protein phosphorylation in single living cells, Nature Biotechnology 20(3): 287-94
  • Such sensors consist of two fluorescent protein molecules, separated by a flexible linker.
  • the linker peptide contains a phosphorylation site and a phosphoprotein recognition element. Phosphorylation of the linker causes a conformational change that brings the two fluorescent proteins into close proximity, allowing FRET to occur and changing the fluorescent output of the system.
  • the present invention also provides compositions for modulating the activity of PDE1B including, but not limited to the following agents, drugs, compounds or small molecules disclosed hereinbelow.
  • the invention also provides compositions for modulating the activity of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor via modulation of the activity of PDE1B, including, but not limited to the following agents, drugs, compounds or small molecules disclosed hereinbelow.
  • the invention also provides compositions for use in methods of treatment of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, wherein the compositions modulate the activity of PDE1B, including, but not limited to the following agents, drugs, compounds or small molecules disclosed hereinbelow.
  • dopamine D1 receptors mediate the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 via dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathways.
  • dopamine D1 receptor activation leads to adenylyl cyclase activation (and increased cAMP).
  • cAMP activates protein kinase A (PKA; cAMP-dependent protein kinase) which phosphorylates downstream signal transduction pathway elements such as DARPP-32 and CREB.
  • PKA protein kinase A
  • PDEs phosphodiesterases
  • calcium-regulated PDE1B is an interface for regulating activity between a dopamine-regulated intracellular signaling pathway and another intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway
  • a dopamine D1 receptor e.g., dopamine D2 receptor
  • nitric oxide noradrenergic
  • neurotensin CCK
  • VIP serotonin
  • glutamate e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor
  • GABA acetylcholine
  • any compound identified according to the methods of the invention that affects the above described interactions in a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway may also serve as the basis of a therapeutic treatment for a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder, and therefore, all of the proteins that participate in such interactions may also be used in assays as described herein.
  • the compound may be used therapeutically to modulate PDE1B activity in cells, e.g., neurons, in order to treat conditions in which PDE1B activity may be involved.
  • Such conditions include, but are not limited to, a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway.
  • the present invention further provides methods for performing rational drug design to develop drugs that can modulate activity of PDE1B and thereby ameliorate a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder.
  • rational drug design can be performed using compounds that have been identified as inhibitors (or activators) of PDE1 as a starting point.
  • the present invention provides screens and assays to allow more specific inhibitors (or activators) to be identified.
  • Such methods of rational drug design are well-known in the art.
  • potential modulators can be examined through the use of computer modeling using a docking program such as GRAM, DOCK, or AUTODOCK (Dunbrack et al., Folding & Design 2:27-42 (1997)), to identify potential modulators of PDE1B. These modulators can then be tested for their effect on PDE1B activity. This procedure can include computer fitting of potential modulators to the PDE1B complex to ascertain how well the shape and the chemical structure of the potential modulator will bind to PDE1B (see, e.g., Bugg et al., 1993, Scientific American (Dec.) 269(6):92-98; West et al., TIPS, 16:67-74 (1995)).
  • Computer programs can also be employed to estimate the attraction, repulsion, and steric hindrance of the subunits with a modulator/inhibitor.
  • the more specificity in the design of a potential drug the more likely that the drug will not interact as well with other proteins. This will minimize potential side-effects due to unwanted interactions with other proteins.
  • any of the potential agents or targets for the potential agents can be labeled.
  • suitable labels include enzymes (e.g., alkaline phosphatase or horseradish peroxidase), fluorophores (e.g., fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), phycoerythrin (PE), Texas red (TR), rhodamine, free or chelated lanthanide series salts, especially Eu3+, to name a few fluorophores), chromophores, radioisotopes, chelating agents, dyes, colloidal gold, latex particles, ligands (e.g., biotin), chemiluminescent agents, magnetic beads or magnetic resonance imaging labels.
  • enzymes e.g., alkaline phosphatase or horseradish peroxidase
  • fluorophores e.g., fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), phycoerythrin (PE), Texas red (TR), rhod
  • radioactive label such as the isotopes 3 H, 14 C, 32 p, 35 s, 36 Cl, 51 Cr, 57 Co, 58 Co, 59 Fe, 90 Y, 125 I, 131 I, and 186 Re is used, standard known in the art may be utilized.
  • detection may be accomplished by any of the presently utilized colorimetric, spectrophotometric, fluorospectrophotometric, amperometric or gasometric techniques known in the art.
  • a direct label is an example of a label that can be used according to the methods of the present invention.
  • a direct label is an entity that, in its natural state, is readily visible, either to the naked eye (for example, by visual inspection through a compound or dissecting light microscope), or with the aid of an optical filter and/or applied stimulation, e.g., U.V. light to promote fluorescence.
  • Examples of colored labels that can be used according to the methods of the present invention include metallic sol particles, for example, gold sol particles such as those disclosed by Leuvering (U.S. Pat. No. 4,313,734); dye sol particles such as disclosed by Gribnau et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,373,932) and May et al.
  • Other direct labels include a radionucleotide, a luminescent moiety, or a fluorescent moiety including, but not limited, to, e.g., a modified/fusion chimera of green fluorescent protein (as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,625,048, issued Apr. 29, 1997, and WO 97/26333, published Jul. 24, 1997, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • indirect labels comprising enzymes can also be used according to the present invention.
  • enzyme-linked immunoassays are well known in the art, for example, enzyme-linked immunoassays using alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, lysozyme, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, lactate dehydrogenase, or urease.
  • alkaline phosphatase horseradish peroxidase
  • lysozyme glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase
  • lactate dehydrogenase lactate dehydrogenase
  • urease e.g., in Engvall (1980, “Enzyme Immunoassay ELISA and EMIT,” in Methods in Enzymology, 70: 419-439) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,857,453.
  • proteins can be labeled by metabolic labeling.
  • Metabolic labeling occurs during in vitro incubation of the cells that express the protein in the presence of culture medium supplemented with a metabolic label, such as [ 35 S]-methionine or [ 32 P]-orthophosphate.
  • a metabolic label such as [ 35 S]-methionine or [ 32 P]-orthophosphate.
  • the invention further contemplates labeling with [ 14 C]-amino acids and [ 3 H]-amino acids (with the tritium substituted at non-labile positions) (see, e.g., U.S. patent application Ser. Nos.
  • the invention provides agents, drugs, compounds and compositions that modulate the activity or expression of PDE1B.
  • the invention also provides a method for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that alters the activity of PDE1B, wherein PDE1B activity modulates phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and/or the GluR1 AMPA receptor.
  • the present invention provides methods for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in an individual (e.g., a patient) or an animal subject by administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to modulate PDE1B activity.
  • the agent promotes or increases the activity of PDE1B.
  • the agent inhibits or decreases the activity of PDE1B.
  • the agent promotes (or increases) or inhibits (or decreases) the activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway via modulation of PDE1B activity.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a disorder, including, but not limited to, a PDE1B-related and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates PDE1B activity, wherein the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 at Thr34, and/or the phosphorylation of GluR1AMPA receptor at Ser845, is modulated.
  • the agent modulates the activity of PDE1B by binding to PDE1B.
  • a subject in need of such treatment is administered an amount of a compound of the present invention sufficient to modulate PDE1B activity, and modulate DARPP-32 activity, GluR1 AMPA receptor activity, and/or the activity of a intracellular signaling pathway including, but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • a dopamine D1 receptor dopamine D2 receptor
  • nitric oxide noradrenergic
  • neurotensin CCK
  • VIP serotonin
  • glutamate e.g., NM
  • the invention provides methods of administering an agent (or drug or compound) of the invention that can ameliorate a symptom of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient or subject exhibiting the symptom.
  • the invention provides methods of administering an agent identified by the methods disclosed herein, that can ameliorate a symptom of said disorder in a patient or subject exhibiting the symptom.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates PDE1B activity, wherein phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and/or GluR1 AMPA receptor is modulated.
  • a disorder including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder
  • PDE1B activity is inhibited.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates PDE1B activity and modulates the phosphorylation of Thr34-phosphorylated DARPP-32.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a disorder characterized by an increase or a decrease in phosphorylation-dependent activation of GluR1 AMPA receptors comprising administering an effective amount of a compound that modulates the activity of PDE1B.
  • a method of the invention is used to treat a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, that is related to a symptom and/or disease state characteristic of a PDE1B-related and/or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder.
  • the invention provides a method for treating Parkinson's disease in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that inhibits PDE1B activity, wherein phosphorylation of Thr34-DARPP-32 and/or Ser845-GluR1 AMPA receptor is increased.
  • the agent, compound or composition administered in the method of treatment can cross through the blood brain barrier in sufficient quantities and at a sufficient rate so as to allow the treatment of the disorder and thereby, the condition or disease.
  • the agent is administered intravenously.
  • the agent is administered orally. More preferably the agent can cross the blood brain barrier without a carrier (for methods and routes of administration, see Section 5.6).
  • the invention also provides a method for diagnosing a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a subject suspected of having such a disorder, said method comprising determining a level of PDE1B activity in a sample from said subject, wherein a greater level of PDE1B activity in the sample from said subject relative to a control level of PDE1B activity in a control sample from a subject that does not have such a disorder indicates that said subject has said disorder.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the level of PDE1B activity is determined by measuring phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor.
  • the level of PDE1B activity is a level of PDE1B mRNA, and said level of PDE1B mRNA is determined by methods well known in the art, e.g., by in situ hybridization.
  • the level of PDE1B activity is a level of PDE1B protein, and said protein level is determined by methods well known in the art, e.g., by immunoblotting.
  • the invention also provides a method for detecting a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in vivo in a subject suspected of having such a disorder, said method comprising
  • the subject is human.
  • an animal model may be used for testing compounds identified by the screening methods of the present invention, wherein the compound is tested for functional utility using the animal model.
  • an animal model may be a wild-type animal (as a model, e.g., for a normal or wild-type physiological or behavior state).
  • the animal model may be a model for a disease or disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder.
  • Such animal models may be used in assays to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of PDE1B, or that ameliorate the symptoms of a disease or disorder.
  • Such animals can be mice, rats, hamsters, sheep, pigs, cattle, etc., and are preferably non-human mammals.
  • animal models may be employed that have, in certain embodiments, an altered physiological regulation of the nervous system such that the animal or tissues derived from it can be utilized for screening of potential therapeutic agents and/or therapeutic regimens that act at the intracellular level, especially at the level of intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to a nitric oxide, norepinephrine, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
  • a nitric oxide norepinephrine
  • neurotensin CCK
  • VIP serotonin
  • glutamate GABA
  • acetylcholine e.g., adenosine
  • natriuretic peptide e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP
  • endorphin intracellular signaling pathway e.
  • Drugs that can reverse any of the defects exhibited by such an animal model act at some point in the intracellular signaling cascade and are thus of potential use therapeutically. Additionally, since some defects occur at the behavioral level, the affectation or alteration of these can have a high predictive value for therapeutic use in modification of such behaviors.
  • animal models thus can be used, as screening tools to elucidate the mechanisms of the various protein phosphorylation steps involved in both normal and diseased patient populations.
  • an animal model can thus be utilized to assess the response to a variety of potential therapeutic strategies and therapeutic agents which can thus be used in the treatment of patients suffering from a variety of neurological diseases and disturbances.
  • Specific neurological and behavioral diseases for which an animal model can be utilized include, but are not limited to, PDE1B-related disorders and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorders, as disclosed herein.
  • PDE1B-related disorders and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorders, as disclosed herein.
  • an assessment of the utility of the potential therapeutic agent in a particular disease state can be made.
  • the potential therapeutic agent can be administered to an animal model for a particular disease or disorder, and its response to dopamine can be monitored. Comparison with the response to dopamine in a normal, wild-type mouse can then provide an indication of the value of the potential therapeutic agent.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method for selecting a therapeutic agent for possible use in the treatment of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, which comprises administering a suspected therapeutic agent to an animal model, and measuring and/or determining the putative therapeutic agent's effect on any phenotypic characteristics which may be believed to be related to said disorder.
  • a suspected therapeutic agent is administered to an animal model, and a test response to dopamine is measured for the animal model, wherein the normal response of the animal model in the absence of a therapeutic agent is characteristically different than that of wild-type animals.
  • the potential therapeutic agents are selected on the basis of whether there is a statistical significance between test response and the normal response. Potential therapeutic agents are selected that show a statistically significant change in the characteristic measured/determined.
  • the response of the animal model in the absence of a therapeutic agent is characteristically different than that of wild-type animals to which the potential therapeutic has not been administered.
  • Yet another aspect of the present invention is a method for selecting a therapeutic agent for possible use in the treatment of Parkinson's disease which comprises administering a suspected therapeutic agent to an animal model, and measuring and/or determining the putative therapeutic agent's effect on any of the phenotypic characteristics which may be believed to be related to Parkinson's disease.
  • Animal models that may be used according to the methods of the invention include, but are not limited, to the animal models disclosed hereinbelow.
  • a homozygous PDE1B knockout mouse may be used, as disclosed herein, in an additional test or assay to validate or confirm that a candidate agent modulates PDE1B activity as disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides an animal model that is a PDE1B-deficient, e.g., null or “knockout” mouse, that comprises a homozygous disruption in its endogenous PDE1B gene, wherein said disruption prevents the expression of a functional PDE1B protein, and further wherein the phenotype of said knockout mouse relative to a mouse having a wild type PDE1B gene comprises absence of PDE1B enzymatic activity when assayed for cAMP or cGMP hydrolysis.
  • the disruption comprises a targeted disruption of the PDE1B catalytic site.
  • the disruption comprises an insertion into the coding region of the PDE1B gene.
  • the knockout mouse contains a non-functional allele for the gene that naturally encodes and expresses functional PDE1B.
  • Non-functional alleles can be generated in any number of ways that are well known in the art, all of which may be used in the present invention.
  • a non-functional allele is made defective by an insertion or substitution of extraneous DNA into the coding region PDE1B allele; preferably the coding region for the catalytic domain.
  • the insertion contains a signal to terminate transcription prior to the transcription of a region of the allele that encodes PDE1B. In such embodiments, it is still more preferred to remove a section of DNA from the coding region for the catalytic domain of PDE1B and replacing it with the above insertion.
  • the PDE1B knockout mouse of the invention has phenotype that comprises an increased response to dopamine and/or hyperactivity, as disclosed in Section 6.
  • the increased response to dopamine is evidenced by increased phosphorylation of DARPP-32 at Thr34 and/or GluR1 AMPA receptor at Ser 845.
  • the phenotype of the PDE1B knockout mouse relative to a mouse having a wild type PDE1B gene further comprises a phenotype selected from the group consisting of: exhibition of significantly more exploratory behavior during the first 30 minutes of a test period for horizontal locomotor activity, exhibition of significantly more hyperactivity after administration of methamphetamine treatment, exhibition of significantly longer path length in acquisition of a Morris water maze, exhibition in striatal slices from said mouse of increased levels of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 upon administration of a D1 receptor agonist, and exhibition in nucleus accumbens slices from said mouse of increased levels of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 upon administration of a D1 receptor agonist.
  • a wild-type mouse in which PDE1B is inhibited experimentally e.g., through administration a compound of the invention, may, in certain embodiments, exhibit some and/or all of the above-described phenotypic characteristics of a PDE1B knockout mouse.
  • the PDE1B knockout animal of the invention is preferably a mouse, since mice offer distinct advantages as laboratory research animals. However, it will be recognized that any other animal having the PDE1B protein will be amenable to the methods of the instant invention. Such animals can be mice, rats, hamsters, sheep, pigs, cattle, etc., and are preferably non-human mammals.
  • the method comprises obtaining genomic DNA encoding PDE1B, constructing a vector containing said genomic DNA and a marker gene, wherein said marker gene is placed within the exon of said genomic DNA.
  • the vector is then electroporated into embryonic stem (ES) cells and an embryonic stem (ES) cell is selected that has integrated the vector into its genome, wherein the selected cell has integrated the marker gene into the endogenous site of the gene for PDE1B in the mouse genome.
  • the cell is then injected into a mouse blastocyst, which is then re-implanted into a pseudopregnant female mouse, which gives birth to a chimeric mouse containing a defective allele for PDE1B in its germ line.
  • the chimeric mouse is then mated to a mouse of a standard in-bred line to generate a heterozygous knockout mouse. Two heterozygous mice are then bred generating a homozygous knockout mouse offspring.
  • the invention provides a PDE1B knockout mouse that is generated by:
  • pseudopregnant mouse gives birth to a chimeric mouse containing a mutant PDE1B gene in its germ line;
  • a mouse model of Parkinson's disease is used (Uhl et al., 1985, Lancet 1:956-57; Mokry, 1995, Experimental models and behavioral tests used in the study of Parkinson's Disease, Physiol. Res. 44: 143-50.; Du, 2001, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98: 14669-14674).
  • Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of Parkinson's disease due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways.
  • a rat model of Parkinson's disease is used.
  • rats are unilaterally (i.e.
  • 6-OHDA 6-hydroxydopamine; a dopaminergic neurotoxin
  • the 6-OHDA is selectively taken up by dopaminergic neurons and kills the neurons.
  • Such 6-OHDA-lesioned animals are considered an animal model of Parkinson's disease (see Section 6).
  • a mouse model of schizophrenia is used (Sipes et al.,1995, 8-OH-DPAT disruption of prepulse inhibition in rats: reversal with (+)WAY 100,135 and localization of site of action, Psychopharmacology (Berl) 117(1):41-8; Cao et al., 2002, Brain Research 937: 32-40).
  • Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of schizophrenia due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways.
  • a rat model for attention-deficit disorder (ADD) or attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is used (see, e.g., Hansen et al., 1999, Alcohol responsiveness, hyperreactivity and motor restlessness in an animal model for attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, Psychopharmacology 146: 1-9; Russell, 2002, Behavioral Brain Res. 130: 191-196).
  • Russell discloses a spontaneously hypertensive rat model that is a genetic model for ADHD.
  • Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of ADHD due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways.
  • a mouse model of pain is used (e.g., O'Callaghan et al., 1975, Quantification of the analgesic activity of narcotic antagonists by a modified hot-plate procedure, J. Pharmacol Exp Ther 192: 497-505; Guama et al., 2002, J. Neurochem. 80:271-277; Menendez et al., 2002, Unilateral hot plate test: a simple and sensitive method for detecting central and peripheral hyperalgesia in mice, J. Neurosci. Methods 113:91-97).
  • Guarna et al. discloses a mouse model for acute thermonociception.
  • Menendez et al. discloses a mouse model for central and peripheral hyperalgesia.
  • Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of pain due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways.
  • a rat model of addiction e.g., cocaine addiction
  • a rat model of addiction e.g., cocaine addiction
  • Pretreatment with the dopamine agonist 7-OH-DPAT shifts the cocaine self-administration dose-effect function to the left under different schedules in the rat, Behav. Pharmacol 6: 333-347; Orsini et al., 2002, Brain Research 925:133-140.
  • Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of drug abuse or addiction due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways.
  • an animal or tissue model of epilepsy is used (see, e.g., Paschoa et al., 1997, Seizure patterns in kindling and cortical stimulation models of experimental epilepsy, Brain Res. 770: 221-227; Kokaia, 1995, Exper. Neurol. 133:215-224; Merlin, 1999, J. Neurophysiol. 82: 1078-1081; Merlin, 2001, J. Neurophysiol. 87:621-625).
  • Kokaia (1995, Exper. Neurol. 133:215-224) discloses a mouse model of epilepsy. Merlin (1999, J. Neurophysiol. 82: 1078-1081; 2001, J. Neurophysiol.
  • 87:621-625 discloses a guinea pig hippocampal slice model of epilepsy. Such model animal or tissue systems may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of epilepsy due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways.
  • the animal model is a homozygous DARPP-32 knockout mouse (see U.S. Pat. No: 5,777,195, by Fienberg et al., issued Jul. 7, 1998; U.S. Pat. No. 6,013,621, by Nishi et al., issued Jan. 11, 2000; and Fienberg et al., 1998, Science 281:838-842; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the homozygous DARPP-32 knockout mouse may be used, in an additional test or assay to validate or confirm that a candidate agent modulates PDE1B activity.
  • the validation may be carried out according to the methods described in Nishi et al.
  • the presence of, or administration of, the agent in the DARPP-32 knockout mouse should diminish the magnitude of activation of cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, PKA, PKG, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor, relative to the absence or non-administration of the agent.
  • CREB cAMP responsive element binding protein
  • AMPA receptor e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions of the agents (or drugs or compounds) of the invention disclosed herein.
  • the invention encompasses pharmaceutical compositions for regulating PDE1B activity, and for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder. Because in certain embodiments, a decrease of normal function can result in the development of a phenotype of the above-listed diseases or disorders (e.g., Parkinson's disease), an increase in PDE1B activity, or activation of a downstream element in the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway facilitates amelioration of a symptom in individuals exhibiting a symptom of such a disorder.
  • a decrease of normal function can result in the development of a phenotype of the above-listed diseases or disorders (e.g., Parkinson's disease)
  • an increase in PDE1B activity, or activation of a downstream element in the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway facilitates amelioration of a symptom in
  • the invention provides methods of administering an agent that can ameliorate a symptom of a PDE1B-related disorder or dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient or subject exhibiting the symptom.
  • symptoms of a certain disorder e.g., Parkinson's disease
  • symptoms of the disorder may be ameliorated by decreasing levels of PDE1B activity.
  • symptoms of the disorder may be ameliorated by increasing levels of PDE1B activity.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions of the agents, drugs or compounds of the invention disclosed hereinabove.
  • the agent, drug or compound, or their physiologically acceptable salts or solvates may be formulated for administration for injection, or for oral, topical, nasal, inhalation, insufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) buccal, parenteral, rectal administration or other forms of administration.
  • the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising effective amounts of an agent(s) of the invention together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, preservatives, solubilizers, emulsifiers, adjuvants, excipients and/or carriers.
  • compositions include diluents of various buffer content (e.g., Tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate), pH and ionic strength; additives such as detergents and solubilizing agents (e.g., Tween 80, Polysorbate 80), anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite), preservatives (e.g., Thimerosal, benzyl alcohol) and bulking substances (e.g., lactose, mannitol).
  • buffer content e.g., Tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate
  • additives such as detergents and solubilizing agents (e.g., Tween 80, Polysorbate 80), anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite), preservatives (e.g., Thimerosal, benzyl alcohol) and bulking substances (e.g., lactose, mannitol).
  • additives
  • compositions may also be incorporated into particulate preparations of polymeric compounds such as polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, etc. or liposomes.
  • Hyaluronic acid may also be used.
  • Biocompatible absorbable polymers may be selected from the group consisting of aliphatic polyesters, copolymers and blends, which include, but are not limited to, homopolymers and copolymers of lactide (which include D-, L-, lactic acid and D-, L- and meso lactide), glycolide (including glycolic acid), epsilon-caprolactone, p-dioxanone (1,4-dioxan-2-one, which is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • alkyl substituted derivatives of p-dioxanone i.e., 6,6-dimethyl-1,4-dioxan-2-one which is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,703,200
  • triethylene carbonate (1,3-dioxan-2-one)
  • alkyl substituted derivatives of 1,3-dioxanone which are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,412,068)
  • delta-valerolactone beta-butyrolactone, gamma-butyrolactone, epsilon-decala tone, hydroxybutyrate, hydroxyvalerate, 1,4-dioxepan-2-one (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,052,988 and its dimer 1,5,8,12-tetraoxacyclotetradecane-7,14 dione), 1,5-dioxepan-2-one, and polymer blends thereof.
  • compositions may influence physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance of the present proteins and derivatives. See, e.g., Remington s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., (1990, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 18042) pages 1435-1712).
  • the compositions may be prepared in liquid form, or be in dried powder, such as lyophilized form.
  • Solid dosage forms include tablets, capsules, pills, troches or lozenges, cachets or pellets.
  • liposomal or proteinoid encapsulation may be used to formulate the present compositions (as, for example, proteinoid microspheres reported U.S. Pat. No. 4,925,673).
  • Liposomal encapsulation may be used and the lipomes may be derivatized with various polymers (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556).
  • the formulation will include the agent and inert ingredients (which allow for protection against the stomach environment and release of the biologically active material in the intestine).
  • a coating impermeable to at least pH 5.0 is useful.
  • examples of the more common inert ingredients that are used as enteric coatings are cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP), HPMCP 50, HPMCP 55, polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PVAP), Eudragit L30D, Aquateric, cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), Eudragit L, Eudragit S, and Shellac. These coatings may be used as mixed films.
  • a coating or mixture of coatings can also be used on tablets, which are not intended for protection against the stomach. This can include sugar coatings, or coatings that make the tablet easier to swallow.
  • Capsules may consist of a hard shell (such as gelatin) for delivery of dry therapeutic, i.e., powder; for liquid forms, a soft gelatin shell may be used.
  • the shell material of cachets may be thick starch or other edible paper. For pills, lozenges, molded tablets or tablet triturates, moist massing techniques can be used.
  • the therapeutic can be included in the formulation as fine multi-particulates in the form of granules or pellets.
  • the formulation of the material for capsule administration can also be as a powder, lightly compressed plugs or even as tablets.
  • the therapeutic can also be prepared by compression.
  • Colorants and flavoring agents may all be included.
  • the protein (or derivative) may be formulated (such as by liposome or microsphere encapsulation) and then further contained within an edible product, such as a refrigerated beverage containing colorants and flavoring agents.
  • these diluents or fillers can include carbohydrates, especially mannitol, a-lactose, anhydrous lactose, cellulose (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose), sucrose, calcium hydrogen phosphate modified dextrans and starch.
  • Certain inorganic salts may be also be used as fillers including calcium triphosphate, magnesium carbonate and sodium chloride.
  • Some commercially available diluents are Fast-Flo, Emdex, STA-Rx 1500, Emcompress and Avicell.
  • Disintegrants may be included in the formulation of the therapeutic into a solid dosage form.
  • Materials used as disintegrates include, but are not limited to, starch (e.g., potato starch or the commercial disintegrant based on starch, Explotab).
  • starch e.g., potato starch or the commercial disintegrant based on starch, Explotab
  • Sodium starch glycolate, Amberlite, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ultramylopectin, sodium alginate, gelatin, orange peel, acid carboxymethyl cellulose, natural sponge and bentonite may all be used.
  • Another form of the disintegrants are the insoluble cationic exchange resins.
  • Powdered gums may be used as disintegrants and as binders and these can include powdered gums such as agar, Karaya or tragacanth. Alginic acid and its sodium salt are also useful as disintegrants.
  • Binders may be used to hold the therapeutic agent together to form a hard tablet and include materials from natural products such as acacia, tragacanth, starch (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch) and gelatin. Others include methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose (EC) and carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC). Polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) can both be used in alcoholic solutions to granulate the therapeutic.
  • natural products such as acacia, tragacanth, starch (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch) and gelatin.
  • Others include methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose (EC) and carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC).
  • Polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) can both be used in alcoholic solutions to granulate the therapeutic.
  • An anti-frictional agent may be included in the formulation of the therapeutic to prevent sticking during the formulation process.
  • Lubricants may be used as a layer between the therapeutic and the die wall, and these can include but are not limited to; stearic acid including its magnesium and calcium salts, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), liquid paraffin, vegetable oils and waxes, talc and silica. Soluble lubricants may also be used such as sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, polyethylene glycol of various molecular weights, Carbowax 4000 and 6000.
  • Glidants that can improve the flow properties of the drug during formulation and to aid rearrangement during compression can be added.
  • the glidants can include starch, talc, pyrogenic silica and hydrated silicoaluminate.
  • surfactant can be added as a wetting agent.
  • Surfactants may include anionic detergents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate and dioctyl sodium sulfonate.
  • anionic detergents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate and dioctyl sodium sulfonate.
  • Cationic detergents can be used and can include benzalkonium chloride or benzethomium chloride.
  • non-ionic detergents that can be included in the formulation as surfactants are lauromacrogol 400 , polyoxyl 40 stearate, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil 10 , 50 and 60 , glycerol monostearate, polysorbate 40 , 60 , 65 and 80 , sucrose fatty acid ester, methyl cellulose and carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • surfactants can be present in the formulation of the protein or derivative either alone or as a mixture in different ratios.
  • Additives that potentially enhance uptake of the agent are, for example, the fatty acids oleic acid, linoleic acid and linolenic acid.
  • Controlled release oral formulation may be desirable.
  • the agent can be incorporated into an inert matrix that permits release by either diffusion or leaching mechanisms, e.g., gums.
  • Slowly degenerating matrices may also be incorporated into the formulation.
  • Some enteric coatings also have a delayed release effect.
  • Another form of a controlled release of this therapeutic is by a method based on the Oros therapeutic system (Alza Corp.), i.e. the drug is enclosed in a semipermeable membrane, which allows water to enter and to push the drug out through a single small opening due to osmotic effects.
  • Oros therapeutic system Alza Corp.
  • coatings may be used for the formulation. These include a variety of sugars that can be applied in a coating pan.
  • the therapeutic agent can also be given in a film coated tablet and the materials used in this instance are divided into two groups. The first are the nonenteric materials and include methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxy-ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl-methyl cellulose, sodium carboxy-methyl cellulose, providone and the polyethylene glycols.
  • the second group consists of the enteric materials that are commonly esters of phthalic acid.
  • a mix of materials can be used to provide the optimum film coating.
  • Film coating may be carried out in a pan-coater or in a fluidized bed or by compression coating.
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
  • the preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
  • Nasal delivery of the agent is also contemplated.
  • Nasal delivery allows the passage of the protein to the blood stream directly after administering the therapeutic product to the nose, without the necessity for deposition of the product in the lung.
  • Formulations for nasal delivery include those with dextran or cyclodextran.
  • the compounds for use according to the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges of e.g.,gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • the compounds may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device that may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
  • the pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
  • Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
  • IC50 i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
  • levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the component or components of a therapeutic composition of the invention may be introduced parenterally, topically, or transmucosally, e.g., orally, nasally, or rectally, or transdermally.
  • administration is parenteral, e.g., via intravenous injection, and also including, but not limited to, intra-arteriole, intramuscular, intradermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intraventricular, and intracranial administration.
  • the component or components of a therapeutic composition of the invention is introduced orally or parentally.
  • an agent can cross and more preferably readily pass through the blood-brain barrier, which permits, e.g., oral, parenteral or intravenous administration.
  • the agent can be modified or otherwise altered so that it can cross or be transported across the blood brain barrier.
  • Many strategies known in the art are available for molecules crossing the blood-brain barrier, including but not limited to, increasing the hydrophobic nature of a molecule; introducing the molecule as a conjugate to a carrier, such as transferring, targeted to a receptor in the blood-brain barrier, or to docosahexaenoic acid etc.
  • an agent of the present invention is administered via the standard procedure of drilling a small hole in the skull to administer the agent.
  • the molecule can be administered intracranially or, more preferably, intraventricularly.
  • osmotic disruption of the blood-brain barrier can be used to effect delivery of agent to the brain (Nilaver et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:9829-9833 (1995)).
  • an agent can be administered in a liposome targeted to the blood-brain barrier. Administration of pharmaceutical agents in liposomes is known (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. pp. 317-327 and 353-365 (1989). All of such methods are envisioned in the present invention.
  • the octanol-water partition system only provides a qualitative indication of the capability of a compound to cross the blood-brain barrier.
  • comparisons between known histamine H2 receptor antagonists suggest that there is no such simple relationship between their brain penetration and octanol water partition coefficients (Young et al., J. Med. Chem. 31:656 (1988)).
  • Other factors, besides the octanol-water partition influence the propensity to cross the blood-brain barrier.
  • Comparison of the ability of histamine H2 receptor antagonists to cross the blood-brain barrier suggests that brain penetration may increase with decreasing over-all hydrogen binding ability of a compound (Young et al., J. Med. Chem.
  • Begley et al. J. Neurochem. 55:1221-1230 (1990) herein incorporated by reference in its entirety, discloses the ability of cyclosporin A to cross the blood-brain barrier.
  • Methodology as used by Begley et al. includes: (1) measuring the brain uptake index (BUI) with the equation for a tritiated agent compound:
  • BUI [(brain 3 H/brain 14 C)/(injectate 3 H/injectate 14 C)] ⁇ 100 where the 14 C reference compound is 14 C butanol or an analogous solvent; (2) Brain perfusion studies; (3) Intravenous bolus injection studies; and (4) Studies with cultured cerebral capillary endothelium.
  • the therapeutic compound can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss: New York, pp. 317-327 and 353-365 (1989)). To reduce its systemic side effects, this may be a preferred method for introducing the agent.
  • the therapeutic compound can be delivered in a controlled release system.
  • the agent may be administered using intravenous infusion, an implantable osmotic pump, a transdermal patch, liposomes, or other modes of administration.
  • a pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)).
  • polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Press: Boca Raton, Fla.
  • a controlled release system can be placed in proximity of the therapeutic target, i.e., the brain, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)). Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (Science 249:1527-1533 (1990)).
  • Phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) Knockout Mice Exhibit Exaggerated Locomotor Hyperactivity and DARPP-32 Phosphorylation in Response to Dopamine Agonists and Display Impaired Spatial Learning
  • mice were generated that lacked phosphodiesterase-mediated (PDE1B) cyclic nucleotide hydrolyzing activity.
  • PDE1B ⁇ / ⁇ (“null”) mice showed exaggerated hyperactivity after acute D-methamphetamine administration.
  • Striatal slices from PDE1B ⁇ / ⁇ mice exhibited increased levels of phospho-Thr34 DARPP-32 and phospho-Ser845 GluR1 after dopamine D1 receptor agonist or forskolin stimulation.
  • PDE1B ⁇ / ⁇ and PDE1B +/ ⁇ (heterozygous) mice also exhibited Morris maze spatial-learning deficits.
  • TRC2 and TRC4 Two overlapping clones, TRC2 and TRC4, corresponding to exons 2-13 of the PDE1B gene, were obtained by screening an I-129/SvJ Lambda Dash II mouse genomic library as described (Reed, T. R. et al. 1998. Mamm. Gen. 9:571-576).
  • a 0.8 kb XbaI fragment containing exons 4 and 5 and a small portion of the multiple cloning site of pBluescript II KS( ⁇ ) (Stratagene, Inc., La Jolla, Calif.) was blunt-end ligated into the BamHI site of the targeting vector.
  • the targeting vector backbone pGKKOV has been described by Li et al. (1996. EMBO J. 15:714-724). This vector is derived from pBluescript II SK(+) with an HSV-TK selectable marker and a PGK-HPRT selectable marker inserted into the KpnI and HindIII sites, respectively, of the multiple cloning site. The orientation of inserts was determined by sequencing.
  • the targeting vector (50 ⁇ g) was linearized with NotI and electroplated into 9.3 ⁇ 10 6 E14TG2a embryonic stem (ES) cells.
  • ES cells were plated in ten 100 cm tissue culture plates on 2.2 ⁇ 10 6 mitomycin C-treated mouse embryonic fibroblasts in 10 ml of DMEM per plate containing 15% ES cell qualified fetal calf serum (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.), 0.3 mM L-glutamine, 75,000 units of Pen/Strep, 60 units of LIF, and 0.009% ⁇ -mercaptoethanol supplemented with 2 ⁇ M Cytovene and 1X HAT (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) for the selection process.
  • Clones were selected and expanded in 24 well plates. Clones were screened by Southern blot analysis. Cells from two positive clones were injected into C57B1/6 blastocysts and implanted into pseudopregnant females. Chimeric offspring were bred to C57B1/6 mice (Charles River, Wilmington, Mass.) to produce heterozygous offspring that were bred to C57B1/6 mice for two additional generations to give a total of 3 back-cross breedings. The offspring resulting from inter-breeding the F 3 generation were used for behavioral testing.
  • mice were used for behavioral testing.
  • Animals used for biochemistry were the offspring of third and fourth generation backcrossing.
  • Mice were ear-marked on post-natal day 7 (P7) and weighed weekly beginning on P7 and ending onP112.
  • Tail biopsies were obtained on P21 or P42.
  • Litters were weaned on P28.
  • Mice were housed in cages, same gender in each cage, with 2 to 4 mice per cage. Individual mice were excluded from testing if there were no same gender litter mates or if visible ocular defects were present. All procedures were performed by the same experimenter who was blinded to genotypes until the end of the experiment.
  • Southern blot analysis was performed as described by Reed (1998, Mamm. Gen. 9:571-576) on StuI or NdeI/KpnI-digested DNA purified from ES cells or tail biopsies. Briefly, pre-hybridization and hybridization were performed at 65 C. in 1% SDS, 1 M NaCl, and 10% dextran sulfate. Blots were screened with a 347 bp PCR-generated probe corresponding to mouse PDE1B exon 3 and 164 bp of flanking intron sequence.
  • PCR primers used were 5′-GACACTAAGTGGGTATAGCTGGGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 5) and 5′-GTGGGAATAAGTCTCAGGGTAGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 6). Twenty-five ng of probe were radiolabeled with 32 P-dCTP by random priming with the Prime-It II kit (Stratagene, Inc.), boiled with 5 mg/500 ⁇ l salmon sperm DNA for 5 minutes, and added to 30 ml of hybridization buffer. Blots were hybridized for 12-16 hours and the final post-hybridization wash was in 2 ⁇ SSC+1% SDS at 65 C. The probe is outside of the targeted region of the PDE1B gene.
  • Homologous recombination events resulted in size shifts from 3.7 to 2.2 kb (StuI) (see FIGS. 1A, B) and from 3.7 to 10.6 kb (NdeI/KpnI) (see FIG. 1A).
  • RNA was isolated using the TriReagent method (Molecular Research Center, Cincinnati, Ohio). RNA (10 ⁇ g) was fractionated on a 1% denaturing agarose gel and transferred for 24 hours onto a nylon membrane using 20 ⁇ SSC. The blot was pre-hybridized in 10 ml of solution consisting of 50% formamide, 50 mM NaPO 4 , 5 ⁇ SSC, 5 ⁇ Denhardt's, 0.5% SDS, and 1% glycine with 250 ⁇ l of 10 mg/ml salmon sperm DNA at 42 C for 4 hours.
  • the blot was hybridized with 32 P-labeled probe K-17, a 348 bp mouse partial PDE1B cDNA corresponding to the central catalytic domain as described by Repaske et al. (1992. J. Biol. Chem. 267:18683-18688).
  • the probe was boiled for 5 minutes with 100 ⁇ l of 10 mg/ml salmon sperm DNA, added to 10 ml of the hybridization buffer of 50% formamide, 20 mM NaPO 4 , 5 ⁇ SSC, 1 ⁇ Denhardt's, 0.5% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate, and incubated at 42° C. for 21 hours.
  • the final post-hybridization wash was in 0.1 ⁇ SSC+0.1% SDS at 55° C.
  • locomotor activity was measured in a 30.5 cm ⁇ 30.5 cm Digiscan apparatus containing sixteen photo-detector-LED pairs along the X-axis and sixteen pairs along the Y-axis (Model RXY2Z, Accuscan Electronics, Columbus, Ohio). Pre-challenge activity was recorded in 3 minute intervals over a one hour period. Mice were challenged with a subcutaneous injection of 1 mg/kg d-methamphetamine hydrochloride (free base) mixed in saline to yield an injection volume of 5 ml/kg body weight and activity was recorded for an additional two hours at three minute intervals. Recording was done during the light cycle. Horizontal activity and total, center and margin distance were measured.
  • the Morris water maze was used with modifications for mice (Upchurch, M. and J. M. Wehner. 1988. Behav. Gen. 18:55-68).
  • the maze was a circular, stainless steel perimeter of 122 cm in diameter that was surrounded by an outer tank 162 cm in diameter.
  • the inner perimeter was covered with flat white paint.
  • the clear acrylic platform was 10 ⁇ 10 cm and submerged 1 cm below the surface of the water.
  • White non-toxic paint was added to the water to camouflage the platform. Water temperature was maintained at 27 to 29° C. Litters were divided into two groups to balance for platform position. Testing began on P51 and continued for 18 days with 6 days each for hidden-platform acquisition and reversal (with platform moved to the opposite quadrant), and followed by cued learning.
  • the platform was placed in the SE or NW quadrant and start positions (N, S, E, or W) were altered on every trial in a random sequence.
  • Four trials were given each day with a maximum time limit of 60 seconds and inter-trial intervals of 30 seconds. Mice not finding the platform in 60 seconds were placed on the platform for the 30 second inter-trial interval.
  • Probe trials 60 seconds were given on day 3 before acquisition trials and day 6 after the last acquisition trial with the platform removed.
  • the same procedure was followed with the platform shifted to the opposite quadrant.
  • black curtains were drawn around the maze to obscure distal cues and the platform was marked by a black solid cylinder (5 ⁇ 7 cm) mounted on a 14 cm brass rod above the platform.
  • Neostriatal slices were prepared from male C57/BL6 mice (6-8 weeks old) in accordance with methods known in the art (Nishi, A. et al. 1997. J Neurosci. 17:8147-8155).
  • mice Male PDE1B ⁇ / ⁇ (null) and WT mice (8-12 weeks of age) were decapitated. The brain was transferred rapidly to an ice-cold surface, blocked, and fixed to the cutting surface of a Vibratome (Ted Pella, Redding, Calif.) maintained at 4° C. The brain was submersed in cold, oxygenated (95% 02/5% CO 2 ) Krebs' bicarbonate buffer of the following composition (in mM): 125 NaCl, 5KCl, 26 NaHCO 3 , 1.5 CaCl 2 , 1.5 MgSO 4 , and 10 glucose, pH 7.4. Coronal mouse brain sections (400 ⁇ m in thickness) were cut and pooled in cold buffer.
  • Striatal or nucleus accumbens slices were cut from the coronal sections under a dissecting microscope. Individual slices were preincubated in fresh buffer for 15 min at 30° C.; the buffer was replaced, and preincubation continued for an additional 30 min. At the end of this second preincubation period the buffer was replaced with Krebs' buffer or buffer containing test substances for 5 min. Slices were frozen immediately in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until assayed.
  • Frozen slices were sonicated in homogenization buffer containing 1% SDS. Small aliquots of the homogenate were retained for protein determination by standard assays using bovine serum albumin as the standard. Equal amounts of protein (50 ⁇ g) were loaded onto 10% acrylamide gels, separated by SDS/PAGE, and transferred to nitrocellulose membranes by a method described by Tobin et al. (1979. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:4350-4354). Membranes were immunoblotted with the following antibodies: an antiserum detecting the Ser845-phosphorylated form of GluR1 (Kameyama, K. et al. 1998.
  • Antibody binding was revealed by incubation with either a goat anti-rabbit horseradish peroxidase-linked TgG or a goat anti-mouse horseradish peroxidase-linked IgG and the ECL immunoblotting detection system (Amersham Biosciences). Chemiluminescence was detected by autoradiography and bands were quantified by analysis of scanned images using NIH Image 1.52 software. Because the linear range for quantitation of ECL signals by densitometry is limited, several film exposures were obtained for each set of samples to insure that the signals were within a density range that allowed for accurate quantitation.
  • a mouse model was developed wherein the PDE1B enzyme was rendered inactive by targeted disruption of the catalytic domain. These “knockout” mice were used in studies to identify the functional significance of PDE1B activity in vivo in brain.
  • a targeting vector was constructed in order to disrupt the sequences encoding the PDE1B catalytic domain in mouse embryonic stem cell genomic DNA by homologous recombination (FIG. 1A).
  • FOG. 1A homologous recombination
  • 26 were analyzed by Southern blot using a probe corresponding to PDE1B exon 3 and the flanking intron sequence. The disrupted gene was present in 9 of the clones.
  • null females only showed a hyperactive response in terms of total activity while null males did not exhibit a significant increase in total activity pre-challenge (FIG. 3).
  • both null males and females showed stimulated hyperactivity as compared to wild-type mice. There appeared to be a slightly greater total response in male null mice, although the results were not statistically significant.
  • Male heterozygous mice also showed an intermediate response to methamphetamine challenge that although not statistically different from male wild-type mice suggested a subtle gene-dose effect.
  • Distance data were further analyzed in terms of central and margin activity; both analyses showed the same significant effects and interactions as were observed with measures of total distance.
  • Probe trial measurements of path length and dwell time in the target zone were analyzed two ways. First, these data were analyzed by annuli: one annulus containing the target platform sites, one outside the outer edge of the platform and one inside the inner edge of the platform. Secondly, probe trial data were analyzed by dividing the maze into four equal quadrants. Overall, null and heterozygous mice swam significantly less in the target annulus than wild-type mice (FIG. 7A). A significant genotype by platform position interaction was found in both the target annulus and the outer annulus. Again, null mice and heterozygous mice swam less in the target annulus, an effect that was most pronounced in the southeast condition as compared to wild-type mice.
  • null mice and heterozygous mice swam significantly more in the outer annulus than wild-type mice (FIG. 7B). No significant difference was found in path length within the inner annulus, dwell times, or platform crossings. A significant interaction of day by genotype by platform position was found for average distance from the target in which heterozygous mice were significantly farther from the target site than wild-type mice. In addition, heterozygous mice had significantly shorter dwell times than wild-type mice. There were no differences in time or distance due to quadrants.
  • mice lacking the PDE1B gene were then performed to determine whether mice lacking the PDE1B gene (PDE1B null mice) would exhibit functional enhancement of PKA-mediated protein phosphorylation.
  • Striatal brain slices were prepared from male wild-type and male PDE1B null mice. The slices were then exposed to a dopamine D1-type receptor agonist, SKF81297 (10 ⁇ M), for 10 minutes.
  • SKF81297 dopamine D1-type receptor agonist
  • the effect of treatment on phosphorylation of DARPP-32 at Thr34 and the GluR1 AMPA receptor at Ser845 was measured using phosphorylation state-specific antibodies (FIGS. 4 C, D); these substrates have been shown to be regulated by activation of D1 receptors and PKA (Greengard, P. et al. 1999.
  • Dopamine receptor agonist treatment increased levels of phospho-Thr34 DARPP-32 by 4 to 5 fold in striatal slices of wild-type mice as compared to control mice (no treatment with agonist), while agonist treatment increased levels of phospho-Ser845 also by 4 to 5 fold as compared to controls (no treatment with agonist) (FIG. 4D).
  • agonist treatment increased levels of phospho-Thr34 DARPP-32 by 4 to 5 fold in striatal slices of wild-type mice as compared to control mice (no treatment with agonist)
  • agonist treatment increased levels of phospho-Ser845 also by 4 to 5 fold as compared to controls (no treatment with agonist)
  • FIG. 4D When striatal slices from wild-type mice and PDE1B null mice were treated with D1 receptor agonist, levels of both phospho-Thr34 and phospho-Ser845 were significantly increased in PDE1B null mice as compared to controls (15-fold increase for phospho-Thr34 and 13-fold increase for phospho-
  • mice lacking PDE1B activity have significantly increased spontaneous and methamphetamine-induced locomotor activity as compared to wild-type and heterozygous mice.
  • the biochemical data presented demonstrate that these alterations in PDE1B-deficient mouse behavior are likely a consequence of disruption of striatal pathways in brain, pathways that are the predominant regulators of locomotor activity in animals, including humans.
  • the behavioral changes observed in the PDE1B-deficient mice were observed in response to a novel environment (exploration) and in response to an acute drug challenge (methamphetamine).
  • the data showed that PDE1B-deficient mice habituated to the environment before being given the methamphetamine challenge as shown by the fact that there was no significant difference from wild-type animals in the last 15 minutes of the pre-challenge period.
  • the PDE1B-deficient mice showed an increased level of activity in response to methamphetamine challenge that was not due to previous pre-challenge activity levels.
  • locomotor activity is a standard method for testing the effects of neurotoxicants and psychostimulants.
  • Many drugs such as cocaine and amphetamines have been shown to affect locomotor activity through regulation of dopaminergic signaling in the brain (Traficante, L. et al. 1976. Life Sci. 19:1061-1066). These drugs are known to bind to the dopamine transporter in brain, which results in dopamine overflow and increased ligand binding to dopamine receptors, which in turn results in activation of adenylyl cyclase and an increase in intracellular levels of cAMP (Giros, B. et al. 1996. Nature 379: 606-612).
  • cAMP Increased intracellular levels of cAMP in turn activate PKA to phosphorylate cellular proteins including proteins such as DARPP-32 and CREB (Cunningham, S. and A. Kelley. 1993. J. Neurosci. 13:2342-2350; Konradi, C. et al. 1994. J. Neurosci. 14:5623-5634; Misrendino, M. and E Nestler. 1995. Brain Res. 674:299-306).
  • Dopamine binding to D1 receptors also increases intracellular levels of cGMP and leads to activation of PKG and phosphorylation of DARPP-32 as well as other proteins (Altar, C. et al. 1990. Eur. J. Pharmacol.
  • PDE1B represents a novel target for development of new drugs that could be used to treat a variety of diseases that would include, but not be limited to, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's syndrome, tic disorder, Lesch-Nyans disease, pain, dystonias, substance or drug abuse, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, depression, affective disorder, manic-depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorder, emesis, panic disorder, anxiety disorder, migraine, myoclonus, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), post-traumatic stress syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, epilepsy, sleep or circadian rhythm disorder (e.g., insomnia), sexual disorder, stress disorder, hypertension and
  • diseases include, but not be limited to, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's
  • Nitric oxide acts as a postsynaptic signaling molecule in calcium/calmodulin-induced synaptic potentiation in hippocampal CA1 pyramidal neurons. J Neurosci 19:6784-6794.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides methods and compositions for modulating the activity of phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) in intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to, dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways. The invention also provides methods and compositions for modulating the activities of intracellular signaling molecules, including, but not limited to, DARPP-32 and GluR1 AMPA receptor, via modulation of PDE1B. The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions and methods of screening for compounds that modulate PDE1B activity. The invention also provides methods of treating or ameliorating the symptoms of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, by administering a modulator of PDE1B, preferably, but not limited to, an inhibitor of PDE1B or an agent that decreases the production of PDE1B.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims benefit, under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e), of U.S. provisional application No. 60/316,320, filed on Aug. 31, 2001, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.[0001]
  • [0002] This invention was made with Government support under grant number MH 40899 awarded by the National Institute of Mental Health. The United States Government has certain rights in the invention.
  • 1. TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention relates to methods and compositions for modulating the activity of phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) in intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to, dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways. The invention also relates to methods and compositions for modulating the activities of intracellular signaling molecules, including, but not limited to, DARPP-32 and GluR1 AMPA receptor, via modulation of PDE1B. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions and methods of screening for compounds that modulate PDE1B activity. The invention also relates to methods of treating or ameliorating the symptoms of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, by administering a modulator of PDE1B, preferably, but not limited to, an inhibitor of PDE1B or an agent that decreases the production of PDE1B. [0003]
  • 2. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Cyclic nucleotides and calcium are the principal second messengers of the signal transduction pathways within an area of the brain known as the basal ganglia or striatum. NMDA-type glutamate receptor activation and/or dopamine D2 receptor activation result in increased intracellular calcium concentrations (Greengard, P. et al. 1999. [0004] Neuron 23:435-447; Kotter, R. 1994. Prog. Neurobiol. 44:163-196), leading to activation of effectors such as calmodulin-dependent kinase II (CaMKII) and calcineurin and potentially to activation of calcium and calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterases (CaM-PDEs). Dopamine D1 or D2 receptor activation leads to adenylyl cyclase activation (and increased cAMP) or inhibition (and decreased cAMP), respectively. Intracellular concentration of cGMP also are increased after dopamine D1 receptor activation and are unchanged or inhibited after D2 receptor activation. Cyclic nucleotides activate protein kinase A (PKA; cAMP-dependent protein kinase) and/or protein kinase G (PKG; cGMP-dependent protein kinase) that phosphorylate downstream signal transduction pathway elements such as DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein) and cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB). These signaling pathways are down-regulated by phosphodiesterases (PDEs) by hydrolysis of the cyclic nucleotides to their 5′-monophosphates. Calcium-regulated PDEs that hydrolyze cAMP and/or cGMP are therefore potential interfaces between dopamine-regulated and other intracellular signaling pathways in the basal ganglia (striatum), including but not limited to nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) and endorphin intracellular signaling pathways.
  • Long-term potentiation and long-term depression, the major forms of plasticity associated with hippocampally-mediated learning and memory, are also regulated by the cyclic nucleotide and calcium/calmodulin signal transduction cascades, including the activity of PKA (Abel, T. et al. 1997. [0005] Cell 88:615-626; Skoulakis, E. M. C. et al. 1993. Neuron 11:197-208), CaMKII (Bach, M. E. et al. 1995. Cell 81:905-915; Mayford, M. et al. 1995. Cell 81:891-904), CREB (Bourtchuladze, R. et al. 1994. Cell 79:59-68; Guzowski, J. F. et al. 1997. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2693-2698; Yin, J. C. P. et al. 1994. Cell 79:49-58), and calcineurin (Mansuy, I. M. et al. 1998. Cell 92:39-49). Drosophila mutants have shown altered intracellular levels of cAMP or an altered cAMP signaling pathway with concomitant learning deficits in an olfactory conditioning paradigm (Qui, Y. and R. L. Davis. 1993. Genes Dev. 7:1447-1458; Livingstone, M. S. et al. 1984. Cell 37:205-215; Skoulakis, E. M. C. et al. 1993. Neuron 11:197-208; Davis, R. L. et al. 1995. Mol. Cell. Biochem. 149/150:271-278). The activity of cGMP has also been implicated in learning and memory through the nitric oxide pathway of retrograde signal transduction (Gally, J. A. et al. 1990. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:3547-3551; Garthwaite, J. 1991. Trends Neurosci. 14:60-67).
  • Ten families of PDEs have been identified but only Family I, the calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterases(CaM-PDEs) have been shown to act as a potential point of interaction between the calcium and cyclic nucleotide signaling pathways. The three known CaM-PDE genes, PDE1A, PDE1B, and PDE1C, are all expressed in central nervous system tissue. PDE1A is expressed throughout the brain with higher levels of expression in the CA1 to CA3 layers of the hippocampus and cerebellum and at a low level in the striatum (Borisy, F. F. et al. 1992. [0006] J. Neurosci. 12:915-923; Yan, C. et al. 1994. J. Neurosci. 14:973-984). PDE1B is predominately expressed in the striatum, dentate gyrus, olfactory tract and cerebellum and its expression has been correlated with brain regions having high levels of dopaminergic innervation (Furuyama, T. et al. 1994. Mol. Brain Res. 26:331-336; Polli, J. W. and R. L. Kincaid. 1994. J. Neurosci. 14:1251-1261; Yan, C. et al. 1994. J. Neurosci. 14:973-984). PDE1C is primarily expressed in olfactory epithelium, cerebellar granule cells, and striatum (Yan, C. et al. 1995. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:9677-9681; Yan, C. et al. 1996. J. Biol. Chem. 271:25699-25706). While expression patterns have been extensively studied, a physiological role for the CaM-PDEs in the brain has not been established.
  • Therefore, there is a need in the art to provide new methods of screening that can be used to develop novel compositions or drugs that can be used to treat diseases or disorders related to the regulation of phosphodiesterases in the nervous system. Furthermore, there is a need to develop treatments for such diseases or disorders that are due, at least in part, to an aberration or dysregulation of an intracellular signaling pathway regulated by phosphodiesterases. The present invention provides such methods and compositions. [0007]
  • Citation or identification of any reference in [0008] Section 2, or in any other section of this application, shall not be considered an admission that such reference is available as prior art to the present invention.
  • 3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is based on the surprising discovery, on the part of the inventors, that phosphodiesterase (PDE) activity, in particular, phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) activity, functions in brain tissue as a regulator of locomotor activity and learning and memory. According to the invention, PDE1B may be used a therapeutic target for regulation of intracellular signaling pathways, preferably in the nervous system, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. In preferred embodiments, PDE1B may be used as a therapeutic target for treatment of, e.g., a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular pathway disorder. In a specific embodiment, PDE1B may be used as a therapeutic target for treatment of Parkinson's disease. [0009]
  • The invention provides a method for modulating PDE1B activity in a cell or tissue comprising contacting said cell or tissue with an amount of a compound sufficient to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway, wherein contact of said cell or tissue with the compound results in modulation of PDE1B activity. In certain embodiments, the compound binds to PDE1B. In other embodiments, the compound alters expression of PDE1B. In other embodiments, phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 (hereinafter “phospho-Thr34”) or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor (hereinafter “phospho-Ser845”) is modulated. [0010]
  • The invention also provides a method for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that alters the activity of PDE1B, wherein PDE1B activity modulates phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and/or the GluR1 AMPA receptor. [0011]
  • The present invention provides methods for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in an individual (e.g., a patient) or an animal subject by administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to modulate PDE1B activity. In one embodiment, the agent promotes or increases the activity of PDE1B. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits or decreases the activity of PDE1B. In certain embodiments, the agent promotes (or increases) or inhibits (or decreases) the activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway via modulation of PDE1B activity. [0012]
  • In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for treating a disorder, including, but not limited to, a PDE1B-related and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates PDE1B activity, wherein the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 at Thr34, and/or the phosphorylation of GluR1 AMPA receptor at Ser845, is modulated. In specific embodiments, the agent modulates the activity of PDE1B by binding to PDE1B. [0013]
  • In one embodiment, a subject in need of such treatment is administered an amount of a compound of the present invention sufficient to modulate PDE1B activity, and modulate DARPP-32 activity, GluR1 AMPA receptor activity, and/or the activity of a intracellular signaling pathway including, but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. [0014]
  • The invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0015]
  • (a) determining a first level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0016]
  • (b) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0017]
  • (c) determining a second level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue, [0018]
  • wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity. In certain embodiments, phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 (hereinafter “phospho-Thr34”) or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor (hereinafter “phospho-Ser845”) is modulated. In other embodiments, the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor. In other embodiments, the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor. [0019]
  • The invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0020]
  • (a) determining a first level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue; [0021]
  • (b) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0022]
  • (c) determining a second level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue, [0023]
  • wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway. In certain embodiments, phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 (hereinafter “phospho-Thr34”) or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor (hereinafter “phospho-Ser845”) is modulated. In other embodiments, the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor. In other embodiments, the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor. [0024]
  • The invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0025]
  • (a) determining a first level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue; [0026]
  • (b) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0027]
  • (c) determining a second level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue, [0028]
  • wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway. In certain embodiments, phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 (hereinafter “phospho-Thr34”) or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor (hereinafter “phospho-Ser845”) is modulated. [0029]
  • The invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0030]
  • (a) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0031]
  • (b) determining a level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue; [0032]
  • wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway. In certain embodiments, the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor. In other embodiments, the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor. In other embodiments, the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. [0033]
  • The invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0034]
  • (a) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0035]
  • (b) determining a level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0036]
  • wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity. In certain embodiments, the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor. In other embodiments, the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor. In other embodiments, the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. [0037]
  • The invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a PDE I B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient in need of such treatment comprising: [0038]
  • (a) contacting in a cell or tissue PDE1B and Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 with a potential agent; and [0039]
  • (b) detecting the amount of phosphorylation of Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32, [0040]
  • wherein the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 is detected in the presence of the potential agent. In certain embodiments, the ability to treat the PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested. [0041]
  • The invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient in need of such treatment comprising: [0042]
  • (a) contacting in a cell or tissue PDE1B and Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor with a potential agent; and [0043]
  • (b) detecting the amount of phosphorylation of Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor, [0044]
  • wherein the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor is detected in the presence of the potential agent. In certain embodiments, the ability to treat the PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested. [0045]
  • The invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0046]
  • (a) determining a first level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0047]
  • (b) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and [0048]
  • (c) determining a second level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue, [0049]
  • wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said potential agent to modulate activity of the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, the method comprises the additional step of: [0050]
  • (d) determining whether the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway is modulated. [0051]
  • The invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0052]
  • (a) determining a first level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0053]
  • (b) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and [0054]
  • (c) determining a second level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue, [0055]
  • wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said potential agent to modulate activity of said intracellular signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, the method comprises the additional step of: [0056]
  • (d) determining whether said intracellular signaling pathway is modulated. [0057]
  • The invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0058]
  • (a) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and [0059]
  • (b) determining a level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0060]
  • wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, the method comprises the additional step of: [0061]
  • (c) determining whether activity of the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway is modulated. [0062]
  • The invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0063]
  • (a) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and [0064]
  • (b) determining a level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue, [0065]
  • wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said intracellular signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, the method comprises the additional step of: [0066]
  • (d) determining whether the activity of said intracellular signaling pathway is modulated. [0067]
  • The invention also provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising: [0068]
  • (a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal; [0069]
  • (b) measuring the response of said animal to said potential therapeutic agent; [0070]
  • (c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and [0071]
  • (d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal. [0072]
  • In certain embodiments, the animal is a mouse. In other embodiments, the disorder is Parkinson's disease. [0073]
  • The invention also provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising: [0074]
  • (a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal; [0075]
  • (b) measuring the response of said animal to administration of a neurotransmitter that interacts with a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway; [0076]
  • (c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and [0077]
  • (d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal. [0078]
  • In certain embodiments, the animal is a mouse. In other embodiments, the disorder is Parkinson's disease. [0079]
  • The invention also provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising: [0080]
  • (a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal; [0081]
  • (b) measuring the response of said animal to dopamine administration; [0082]
  • (c) comparing the response to dopamine administration of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and [0083]
  • (d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal. [0084]
  • In certain embodiments, the animal is a mouse. In other embodiments, the disorder is Parkinson's disease. [0085]
  • The invention also provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising: [0086]
  • (a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal; [0087]
  • (b) measuring the response of said animal, wherein the response is selected from the group consisting of: [0088]
  • (i) exhibition of exploratory behavior during a test period for horizontal locomotor activity; [0089]
  • (ii) exhibition of hyperactivity after administration of methamphetamine treatment; [0090]
  • (iii) path length in acquisition of a Morris water maze; [0091]
  • (iv) change in level of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 in striatal slices from said animal; and [0092]
  • (v) change in level of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 in nucleus accumbens slices from said animal, [0093]
  • (c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and [0094]
  • (d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal. [0095]
  • In certain embodiments, the animal is a mouse. In other embodiments, the disorder is Parkinson's disease. [0096]
  • The invention also provides an animal model for testing compounds identified by the screening method of the present invention, wherein the compound is tested for functional utility using the animal model of the present invention. In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides an animal model that is a PDE1B-deficient, e.g., null or “knockout” mouse. In one embodiment, the invention provides a transgenic knockout mouse comprising a homozygous disruption in its endogenous PDE1B gene, wherein said disruption prevents the expression of a functional PDE1B protein, and further wherein the phenotype of said knockout mouse relative to a mouse having a wild type PDE1B gene comprises absence of PDE1B enzymatic activity when assayed for cAMP or cGMP hydrolysis. In certain embodiments, the disruption comprises a targeted disruption of the PDE1B catalytic site. In other embodiments, the phenotype of the PDE1B knockout mouse relative to a mouse having a wild type PDE1B gene further comprises a phenotype selected from the group consisting of: exhibition of significantly more exploratory behavior during the first 30 minutes of a test period for horizontal locomotor activity, exhibition of significantly more hyperactivity after administration of methamphetamine treatment, exhibition of significantly longer path length in acquisition of a Morris water maze, exhibition in striatal slices from said mouse of increased levels of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 upon administration of a D1 receptor agonist, and exhibition in nucleus accumbens slices from said mouse of increased levels of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 upon administration of a D1 receptor agonist. [0097]
  • 3.1 Definitions [0098]
  • As used herein, the term “modulate” or “modulation” shall have its usual meaning, and encompasses the meanings of the words “enhance,” “inhibit,” and “mimic.” “Modulation” of activity may be either an increase or a decrease in activity. [0099]
  • As used herein, an “agonist” is any compound that acts directly or indirectly through or upon a receptor to produce a pharmacological effect, while an “antagonist” is any compound that blocks the stimulation of a receptor and its resulting pharmacological effect. [0100]
  • As used herein, an “effective amount” of a modulatory compound is an amount that can be determined by one of skill in the art based on data from studies using methods of analysis such as those disclosed herein. Such data may include, but not be limited to, results from IC50 determinations, as discussed hereinbelow. [0101]
  • As used herein, the term “DARPP-32” is used interchangeably with “Dopamine- and cyclic AMP (cAMP)-Regulated PhosphoProtein” and “DARPP32” and is a 32 kilodalton cytosolic protein that is selectively enriched in medium-sized spiny neurons in neostriatum. The human, mouse, rat and bovine DARPP-32 amino acid sequences are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000, incorporated herein by reference in their entireties (see SEQ ID NOS: 1-4, respectively). [0102]
  • As used herein, the term “Thr75 DARPP-32” is used interchangeably with “Thr75 DARPP32,” “thr[0103] 75 DARPP-32”, “Threonine-75 DARPP-32” and “threonine-75 DARPP-32” along with analogous abbreviations, and denotes the seventy-fifth amino acid residue in the amino acid sequence of DARPP-32 as disclosed by Brene et al. (J. Neurosci. 14:985-998 (1994)) having the GenBank Accession of AAB30129.1, which is a threonine residue that can be phosphorylated by Cdk5 and dephosphorylated by protein phosphatase 2A (PP2A).
  • As used herein, the term “Thr75DARPP-32” denotes the seventy-fifth amino acid residue in the amino acid sequence of human DARPP-32. Unless otherwise indicated, the term can also refer to a corresponding amino acid residue in the DARPP-32 from another species, e.g., murine, bovine, etc. These sequences are well-known to one of skill in the art, and using routine methods, the corresponding amino acid residue can be identified. [0104]
  • As used herein, the term “phospho-Thr75 DARPP-32,” or analogous abbreviations, as disclosed above, denotes the phosphorylated form of Thr75 DARPP-32. [0105]
  • DARPP-32. [0106]
  • As used herein, the term “Cdk5 phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32” is a protein fragment of DARPP-32 that contains a threonine residue that, when in the dephosphorylated form, can be phosphorylated by Cdk5 and dephosphorylated by protein phosphatase 2A (PP2A). For human DARPP-32 having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, the threonine residue is preferably Thr75 DARPP-32. Such fragments can be between about 5 and 100 residues, or more preferably between about 10 and 50 residues. For example, in a particular embodiment, the peptide fragment comprises 5 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr75. In another embodiment of this type, the peptide fragment comprises 7 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr75. In an alternative embodiment the peptide fragment comprises between 10 and 25 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr75. All of the peptide fragments can be part of fusion peptides or proteins. A Cdk5 phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 can be prepared by any method commonly known in the art, e.g., cleaving (such as with a protease) and by dephosphorylating the phosphorylated fragment or by cleaving (such as with a protease) the dephosphorylated fragment from a larger fragment of Thr75-DARPP-32 protein or from the full-length DARPP-32 protein. Thus, the fragments can be synthesized by either standard peptide synthesis disclosed below, or generated through recombinant DNA technology or by classical proteolysis. [0107]
  • As used herein, the term “Thr34 DARPP-32” is used interchangeably with “Thr34 DARPP32,” “thr[0108] 34 DARPP-32” “Threonine-34 DARPP-32” and “threonine-34 DARPP-32” along with analogous abbreviations and denotes the thirty-fourth amino acid residue of the amino acid sequence of DARPP-32 as disclosed by Brene et al. (J. Neurosci. 14:985-998 (1994)) having the GenBank Accession No. of AAB30129.1, which is a threonine residue that can be phosphorylated by the cyclic AMP dependent protein kinase (PKA) or dephosphorylated by protein phosphatase 2B (PP2B).
  • As used herein, the term “Thr34DARPP-32” denotes the thirty-fourth amino acid residue in the amino acid sequence of human DARPP-32. Unless otherwise indicated, the term can also refer to a corresponding amino acid residue in the DARPP-32 from another species, e.g., murine, bovine, etc. These sequences are well-known to one of skill in the art, and using routine methods, the corresponding amino acid residue can be identified. [0109]
  • As used herein, the term “phospho-Thr34 DARPP-32,” or analogous abbreviations as disclosed above, denotes the phosphorylated form of Thr34 DARPP-32. [0110]
  • As used herein, the term “PKA phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32” is a protein fragment of DARPP-32 that contains a threonine residue that, when in the dephosphorylated form, can be phosphorylated by PKA. For human DARPP-32 having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, the threonine residue is preferably Thr34 DARPP-32. Such fragments can be between about 5 and 100 residues, or more preferably between about 10 and 50 residues. For example, in a particular embodiment, the peptide fragment comprises 5 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr34. In another embodiment of this type, the peptide fragment comprises 7 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr34. In an alternative embodiment the peptide fragment comprises between 10 and 25 consecutive amino acids from SEQ ID NO: 1 including Thr34. All of the peptide fragments can be part of fusion peptides or proteins. A PKA phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 can be prepared by any method commonly known in the art, e.g., cleaving (such as with a protease) and by dephosphorylating the phosphorylated fragment or by cleaving (such as with a protease) the dephosphorylated fragment from a larger fragment of Thr34-DARPP-32 protein or from the full-length DARPP-32 protein. Thus, the fragments can be synthesized by either standard peptide synthesis disclosed below, or generated through recombinant DNA technology or by classical proteolysis. [0111]
  • As used herein, the term “Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor” is used interchangeably with “Ser845-GluR1AMPA receptor,” “ser[0112] 845GluR1 AMPA”, “Serine-845 GluR1 AMPA,” along with analogous abbreviations and denotes the eight-hundred and forty-fifth amino acid residue of the amino acid sequence of the mature human GluR1 AMPA receptor subunit (i.e., serine 863 of the preprotein sequence as disclosed by Puckett et al. (1991, Molecular cloning and chromosomal localization of one of the human glutamate receptor genes, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 88 (17), 7557-7561) having the GenBank Accession No. of NP000818 (SEQ ID NO: 7)) which is a serine residue that can be phosphorylated by PKA.
  • As used herein, the term “Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor” denotes the eight-hundred and forty-fifth amino acid residue in the amino acid sequence of human mature GluR1AMPA receptor subunit. Unless otherwise indicated, the term can also refer to a corresponding amino acid residue in the GluR1 AMPA receptor from another species, e.g., murine, bovine, etc. These sequences are well-known to one of skill in the art, and using routine methods, the corresponding amino acid residue can be identified. [0113]
  • As used herein, the term “phospho-Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor” or analogous abbreviations as disclosed above, denotes the phosphorylated form of Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor. [0114]
  • As used herein, the term “PKA phosphorylatable fragment of GluR1 AMPA receptor” is a protein fragment of GluR1 AMPA receptor that contains a serine residue that, when in the dephosphorylated form, can be phosphorylated by PKA. For human GluR1AMPA receptor having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, the serine residue is preferably Ser845 GluR1 AMPA receptor of the mature form (Ser 863 of the preprotein sequence). Such fragments can be between about 5 and 100 residues, or more preferably between about 10 and 50 residues. For example, in a particular embodiment, the peptide fragment comprises 5 consecutive amino acids including Ser845. In another embodiment of this type, the peptide fragment comprises 7 consecutive amino acids including Ser845. In an alternative embodiment the peptide fragment comprises between 10 and 25 consecutive amino acids including Ser845. All of the peptide fragments can be part of fusion peptides or proteins. A PKA phosphorylatable fragment of GluR1AMPA receptor can be prepared by any method commonly known in the art, e.g., cleaving (such as with a protease) and by dephosphorylating the phosphorylated fragment or by cleaving (such as with a protease) the dephosphorylated fragment from a larger fragment of Ser845 GluR1AMPA receptor protein or from the full-length GluR1AMPA receptor protein. Thus, the fragments can be synthesized by either standard peptide synthesis disclosed below, or generated through recombinant DNA technology or by classical proteolysis. [0115]
  • As will be apparent to one of skill in the art, other phosphorylatable and dephosphorylatable fragments of intracellular signaling molecules, including but not limited to DARPP-32 and GluR1 AMPA, may be readily prepared according to methods well known in the art, using the general methods disclosed above. [0116]
  • As used herein, the amount and/or rate of phosphorylation of DARPP-32 or of a phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32, as described hereinabove, in a kinase reaction is “significantly changed” when the amount and/or rate of phosphorylation of DARPP-32 or the phosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 is increased or decreased by a statistically significant amount, as determined by standard statistical methods known in the art. In another embodiment, the significant change is at least about 10-25%, relative to the control reaction. Preferably, a significant change in rate of the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 by a molecule of interest (e.g., CK1 or Cdk5) observed in the presence of a potential modulator is at some point correlated with the Michaelis constants (e.g., the Vmax or Km) of the reaction. For example, in the case of an inhibitor, a KI can be determined. Thus, in certain embodiments, it may be preferable to study various concentrations of a modulator in a reaction mixture to allow the identification of the potential modulator as a modulator. [0117]
  • As used herein, the amount and/or rate of dephosphorylation of DARPP-32 or of a dephosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32, as described hereinabove, in a phosphatase reaction is “significantly changed” when the amount and/or rate of dephosphorylation of DARPP-32 or the dephosphorylatable fragment of DARPP-32 is increased or decreased by a statistically significant amount, as determined by standard statistical methods known in the art. In another embodiment, the significant change is at least about 10-25%, relative to the control reaction. Preferably, a significant change in rate of the dephosphorylation of DARPP-32 by a molecule of interest (e.g., PP2C, PP2B or PP2A) observed in the presence of a potential modulator is at some point correlated with the Michaelis constants (e.g., the Vmax or Km) of the reaction. For example, in the case of an inhibitor, a KI can be determined. Thus, in certain embodiments, it may be preferable to study various concentrations of a modulator in a reaction mixture to allow the identification of the potential modulator as a modulator. [0118]
  • As used herein, the term “PDE1B-related disorder,” is used interchangeably with the term “phosphodiesterase1B-related disorder,” “PDE1B disorder” or analogous terms. A PDE1B-related disorder includes, but is not limited to, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's syndrome, tic disorder, Lesch-Nyans disease, pain, dystonias, substance or drug abuse, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, depression, affective disorder, manic-depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorder, emesis, panic disorder, anxiety disorder, migraine, myoclonus, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), post-traumatic stress syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, epilepsy, sleep or circadian rhythm disorder (e.g., insomnia), sexual disorder, stress disorder, hypertension and cancer. A PDE1B-related disorder also includes, but is not be limited to, a disease (e.g., Parkinson's disease) or a condition (e.g., addiction to cocaine) that involves an aberration or dysregulation of a signal transmission pathway, including, but not limited to, neurotransmission mediated by PDE1B in excitable cells, tissues or organs (e.g., neurons, brain, central nervous system, etc.). A PDE1B-related disorder also includes, but is not limited to, a symptom of a PDE1B-related disorder. In certain embodiments, the pathway affected includes the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of DARPP-32, with the corresponding treatment of the dysregulation involving the stimulation and/or inhibition of the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of one or more specific threonine and/or serine residues of DARPP-32 (see, e.g., Greengard et al., Neuron 23:435-447 (1999); Bibb et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 97:6809-68 14 (2000); and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In other embodiments, the pathway affected includes the phosphorylation of phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor by cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA) with the corresponding treatment of the dysregulation involving the stimulation and/or inhibition of the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of one or more specific serine residues of GluR1AMPA receptor (see, e.g., Kameyama, K. et al. 1998. [0119] Neuron 21:1163-1175). In yet other embodiments, the pathway affected includes GluR1 subunit of the AMPA receptor as an endpoint of the dopamine pathway. In yet other embodiments, the pathway affected includes other endpoints for the biological effects of dopaminergic intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to phosphorylation of several types of calcium channels, the Na/K ATPase, NMDA receptors, CREB, etc., as would be apparent to one of skill in the art.
  • As used herein, a “dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway” is used interchangeably with “D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway,” “dopamine D1 intracellular signaling cascade,” “dopamine Disignaling cascade” or analogous terms. [0120]
  • As used herein, the term “dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder,” is used interchangeably with the term “D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder,” or analogous terms. A dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder includes, but is not limited to Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's syndrome, tic disorder, Lesch-Nyans disease, pain, dystonias, substance or drug abuse, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, depression, affective disorder, manic-depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorder, emesis, panic disorder, anxiety disorder, migraine, myoclonus, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), post-traumatic stress syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, epilepsy, sleep or circadian rhythm disorder (e.g., insomnia), sexual disorder, stress disorder, hypertension and cancer. A dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder also includes, but is not be limited to, a disease (e.g., Parkinson's disease) or a condition (e.g., addiction to cocaine) that involves an aberration or dysregulation of a signal transmission pathway, including, but not limited to, neurotransmission mediated by dopamine D1 receptors in excitable cells, tissues or organs (e.g., neurons, brain, central nervous system, etc.). A dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder also includes, but is not limited to, a symptom of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder. In certain embodiments, the pathway affected includes the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of DARPP-32, with the corresponding treatment of the dysregulation involving the stimulation and/or inhibition of the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of one or more specific threonine and/or serine residues of DARPP-32 (see, e.g., Greengard et al., Neuron 23:435-447 (1999); Bibb et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 97:6809-68 14 (2000); and U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In other embodiments, the pathway affected includes the phosphorylation of phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor by cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA) with the corresponding treatment of the dysregulation involving the stimulation and/or inhibition of the phosphorylation and/or dephosphorylation of one or more specific serine residues of GluR1 AMPA receptor (see, e.g., (Kameyama, K. et at. 1998. [0121] Neuron 21:1163-1175).
  • As used herein, a “small organic molecule” is an organic compound (or organic compound complexed with an inorganic compound (e.g., metal)) that has a molecular weight of less than 3 kilodaltons, preferably less than 1.5 kilodaltons. Preferably, the small organic molecule can cross the blood-brain barrier. [0122]
  • As used herein, the term “about” means within 10 to 15%, preferably within 5 to 10%. For example an amino acid sequence that contains about 60 amino acid residues can contain between 51 to 69 amino acid residues, more preferably 57 to 63 amino acid residues.[0123]
  • 4. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIGS. [0124] 1A-C. Targeting strategy for PDE1B and Southern and Northern blot analysis of offspring of the third generation backcrossing. A, Schematic of a portion of the endogenous PDE1B gene and the result of homologous recombination with the targeting vector. A 3.1 kb portion of the PDE1B gene encoding the central catalytic domain was disrupted by replacement with the 2.9 kb HPRT gene. Disruption resulted in a size shift in the StuI fragment from 3.7 to 2.2 kb and a size shift in an NdeI/KpnI fragment from 3.7 to 10.6 kb. The bars above the PDE1B gene represent genomic DNA sequences included in the targeting vector. The bars below the PDE1B gene indicate the restriction fragments used for Southern blot analysis of ES cell and mouse genomic DNA. Numbered thick vertical lines represent exons. Thin vertical lines indicate restriction enzyme sites. S, StuI; N, NdeI; X, XbaI; A, AceI; K, KpnI. B, Southern blot of offspring of third generation backcross mice of mouse genomic DNA digested with StuI demonstrating wild-type (W), heterozygous (H), and null (N) genotypes. The 2.2 kb StuI fragment was generated by homologous recombination with the targeting vector. All blots were probed with a PDE1B exon 3 probe. C, Brain total RNA from mice of each genotype was analyzed by Northern blot by hybridizing with K-17, a cDNA probe corresponding to the central catalytic domain (Repaske et al., 1992, J Biol Chem 267:18683-18688). The expected approximately 3.0 kb transcript is observed in the WT and PDE1B +/− mice only (top). The methylene blue-stained ribosomal bands on the same Northern blot demonstrate equal RNA loading (bottom). See Section 6 for details.
  • FIG. 2. Horizontal activity. Shown is the mean ± SEM horizontal activity for PDE1B −/−, PDE1B +/−, and WT mice (males and females combined). An arrow indicates the time of methamphetamine administration (1 mg/kg). Counts represent the total number of photo beam interruptions per 3 min interval. PDE1B −/− mice were hyperactive compared with WT mice both before (F[0125] (2,120)=8.55; p<0.0003) and after (F(2,120)=11.18; p<0.0001) methamphetamine challenge. *p<0.05; **p<0.01. n=+/+, 71; +/−, 114; −/−, 49. See Section 6 for details.
  • FIGS. [0126] 3A-B. Sex differences in total distance. Shown is the mean ±SEM distance traveled by males (top) and females (bottom) in the activity apparatus in 3 min blocks. The arrow indicates time of methamphetamine administration (1 mg/kg). Female PDE1B −/− mice, but not male PDE1B −/− mice, were hyperactive compared with WT mice during the pre-methamphetamine challenge period (F(2,120)=3.07; p<0.05); this sex difference did not continue into the postchallenge period. n=+/+, 71; +/−, 114; −/−, 49. See Section 6 for details.
  • FIGS. [0127] 4A-D. Phosphorylation of PKA mediated substrates in WT and PDE1B −/− mice. A, Immunoblot showing level of phospho-Thr 34DARPP-32 in control (Con) striatal slices and in slices treated with the adenylyl cyclase activator forskolin (For) from WT and PDE1B −/− mice. B, Fold increase in phospho-Thr 34DARPP-32 in response to forskolin (*p<0.05 compared with WT forskolin; Mann-Whitney U test; n=3 mice per treatment group). C, Immunoblot showing levels of phospho-Thr 34 and total DARPP-32 (left) and phospho-Ser 845 and total GluR1 (right) in untreated (Con) and D1-agonist treated (D1) striatal slices from WT and PDE1B −/− mice. D, Mean ± SEM increase in the levels of phospho-Thr 34 DARPP-32 (left) and phospho-Ser 845-GluR1 (right) on incubation with D1 agonist (*p<0.05 compared with untreated control slices; p<0.05 compared with D1-treated WT slices; Mann-Whitney U test; n=3 mice per treatment group). See Section 6 for details.
  • FIGS. [0128] 5A-B. Spatial learning in the Morris water maze. +, Path length (mean SEM) to reach the platform for mice of each genotype. PDE1B −/− and PDE1B +/− mice showed significantly increased path length compared with WT mice (F(2,112)=9.19; p<0.0002). B, Cumulative distance from the platform (mean ± SEM) for mice of each genotype. PDE1B −/− and PDE1B +/− mice showed a significantly increased cumulative distance compared with WT mice (F(2,112)=8.38; p<0.0004). Data are shown for the average of four trials per day averaged across all 6 d. **p<0.01 compared with wild-type mice. n=+/+, 55; +/−, 101; −/−, 66. See Section 6 for details.
  • FIG. 6. Spatial learning in the Morris water maze: acquisition of hidden platform task. Data are shown for the average of four trials per day for each of the three genotypes. PDE1B −/− and PDE1B +/− mice showed significantly increased path length compared with WT mice on days 3-6 (genotype by day by platform interaction; F[0129] (10,560)=2.01; p<0.04). *p<0.05 and **p<0.01 compared with WT mice. Filled diamonds, +/+(n=55); shaded squares, +/− (n=101); open triangles, −/− (n=66). See Section 6 for details.
  • FIGS. [0130] 7A-B. Spatial memory in the Morris water maze: probe trial performance. Path length (mean ± SEM) is expressed as a percentage of total swim time in the target annulus (A) and the outer annulus (B) averaged across the two probe trials and gender. *p<0.01 compared with wild-type mice. See Section 6 for details.
  • 5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is based on the surprising discovery, on the part of the inventors, that phosphodiesterase (PDE) activity, in particular, phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) activity, functions in brain tissue as a regulator of locomotor activity and learning and memory. According to the invention, PDE1B may be used a therapeutic target for regulation of intracellular signaling pathways, preferably in the nervous system, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. In preferred embodiments, PDE1B may be used as a therapeutic target for treatment of, e.g., a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular pathway disorder. In a specific embodiment, PDE1B may be used as a therapeutic target for treatment of Parkinson's disease. [0131]
  • Activation of dopamine (DA) per se and agents that enhance dopaminergic neurotransmission act on cell-surface receptors. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, in one aspect of the invention, dopamine D1 receptors mediate the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 via dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathways. According to the invention, dopamine D1 receptor activation leads to adenylyl cyclase activation (and increased cAMP). cAMP activates protein kinase A (PKA; cAMP-dependent protein kinase), which phosphorylates (or modulates phosphorylation of) downstream elements in intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to, DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B and PP-1. These intracellular signaling pathways are down-regulated or antagonized by phosphodiesterases (PDEs), including but not limited to PDE1B, which hydrolyzes cAMP to its 5′-monophosphate. [0132]
  • In another aspect of the invention, dopamine D2 receptor activation leads to adenylyl cyclase inhibition (and decreased cAMP). Intracellular concentration of cGMP also are unchanged or inhibited after D2 receptor activation. cGMP activates protein kinase G (PKG; cGMP-dependent protein kinase), which phosphorylates downstream signal transduction pathway elements, including but not limited to downstream elements in intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to, DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-2 1), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B and PP-1. [0133]
  • In another aspect of the invention, calcium-regulated PDE1B is an interface for regulating activity between dopamine-regulated intracellular signaling pathways and another intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to a nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. In another aspect of the invention, PDE1B regulates signaling from other cAMP- or cGMP-coupled inputs (A2a, D2, opiate, nitric oxide, glutamate, etc.) that modulate of phosphorylation of [0134]
  • DARPP-32. Furthermore, in certain aspects, PDE1B regulates DARPP-32-independent signaling from the D1 receptor, as well as other cAMP- or cGMP-coupled inputs (A2a, D2, opiate, nitric oxide, glutamate, etc.) by modulating the direct phosphorylation, by PKA and by PKG, of endpoint proteins including, but not limited to, the AMPA receptor, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase, NMDA receptor, and CREB. Hence, according to the invention, enhancement of cAMP signaling by inactivation of PDE1B-mediated cyclic nucleotide hydrolysis plays a significant role in dopaminergic function through regulating the activity of DARPP-32 and these related intracellular signaling pathways. Thus, according to the invention, modulation of PDE1B activity should also modulate the activity of these inter-related intracellular signaling pathways. [0135]
  • For clarity of disclosure, and not by way of limitation, the detailed description of the invention is divided into the subsections set forth below. [0136]
  • 5.1. Methods for Modulating the Activity of PDE1B [0137]
  • The present invention provides a method for modulating PDE1B activity in a cell or tissue comprising contacting said cell or tissue with an amount of a compound sufficient to alter activity of an intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling, wherein contact of said cell or tissue with the compound results in modulation of PDE1B activity. [0138]
  • In certain embodiments, the compound modulates the activity of PDE1B by binding to PDE1B. Binding may be measured under any standard art-known physiological conditions, according to methods well known in the art. [0139]
  • In other embodiments, the phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor is modulated via modulation of PDE1B. [0140]
  • In other embodiments, the phosphorylation of an element downstream in an intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to a calcium channel, Na/K ATPase, NMDA receptor, and CREB, is modulated via modulation of PDE1B. [0141]
  • The present invention also provides a method for modulating activity of an intracellular signaling molecule, including, but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor, comprising administering (for example, to an individual, patient or animal) an amount of a compound sufficient to alter activity of an intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, the compound is a compound identified by the methods of the invention, wherein the compound modulates PDE1B activity and wherein modulation of PDE1B activity results in an alteration in the activity of said intracellular signaling molecule in a cell or tissue. In a specific embodiment, the compound binds to PDE1B. In another specific embodiment, the compound alters expression of PDE1B. In certain embodiments, the intracellular signaling molecule is downstream in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway. [0142]
  • In a specific embodiment, the intracellular signaling molecule is in an excitable cell, e.g., a neuron. [0143]
  • In specific embodiments of the invention, the activity of PDE1B is increased. In other specific embodiments, the activity of PDE1B is decreased. In certain embodiments, activity of PDE1B encompasses expression of PDE1B. Expression (e.g., gene expression, expression of a protein) may be measured by any method commonly known in the art. [0144]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for regulating phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling molecule, including but not limited to, DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor, in a cell or tissue comprising administering an amount of a compound sufficient to modulate PDE1B activity, wherein modulation of the PDE1B activity results in an alteration in the phosphorylation-dependent activation of said molecule in the cell or tissue. [0145]
  • According to the invention, a cell or tissue may include, but not be limited to: an excitable cell, e.g., a sensory neuron, motorneuron, or interneuron; a glial cell; a primary culture of cells, e.g., a primary culture of neuronal or glial cells; cell(s) derived from a neuronal or glial cell line; dissociated cell(s); whole cell(s) or intact cell(s); permeabilized cell(s); a broken cell preparation; an isolated and/or purified cell preparation; a cellular extract or purified enzyme preparation; a tissue or organ, e.g., brain, brain structure, brain slice, spinal cord, spinal cord slice, central nervous system, peripheral nervous system, or nerve; tissue slices, and a whole animal. [0146]
  • In certain embodiments, the brain structure is the striatum, basal ganglia, nucleus accumbens, or their anatomical and/or functional counterparts in other mammalian species. [0147]
  • In one embodiment, a method is provided for modulating PDE1B activity in cells or tissues of interest in vitro. [0148]
  • In another embodiment, PDE1B activity in cells or tissues of interest is modulated in situ or in vivo. The in vitro, in situ and in vivo applications may include, but are not limited to modulating activity in any of the cells or tissues disclosed hereinabove. [0149]
  • 5.2. Methods for Screening for Compounds that Modulate the Activity of PDE1B [0150]
  • The present invention provides, in vivo, in situ, and in vitro, methods of identifying an agent, drug or compound for modulating PDE1B activity in a cell or tissue. In one aspect, the method comprises identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a disorder, including, but not limited to, a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder. Such methods can be used alone or in conjunction with each other. [0151]
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0152]
  • (a) determining a first level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue; [0153]
  • (b) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0154]
  • (c) determining a second level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue, [0155]
  • wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway. [0156]
  • In one aspect of the invention, a difference in PDE1B activity determined according to the methods of the invention is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling pathway, including, but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. [0157]
  • In another aspect of the invention, a difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling molecule, including but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor. [0158]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0159]
  • (a) determining a first level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0160]
  • (b) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0161]
  • (c) determining a second level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue, [0162]
  • wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity. In certain embodiments, the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway. In another embodiment, the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of the test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling pathway molecule, including but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor. [0163]
  • According to the invention, a control level means a separate baseline level measured in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with a test compound or a level that is measured in a cell or tissue prior to contacting it with a test compound. [0164]
  • The invention also provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway molecule in a cell or tissue comprising: [0165]
  • (a) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0166]
  • (b) determining a level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue; [0167]
  • wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway molecule. In certain embodiments, modulation of PDE1B activity regulates modulation of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway. In other embodiments, the difference in activity is PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling molecule, including but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor. [0168]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0169]
  • (a) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and [0170]
  • (b) determining a level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0171]
  • wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity. In certain embodiments, modulation of PDE1B activity regulates modulation of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, the difference in activity is PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of an intracellular signaling molecule, including but not limited to DARPP-32 (dopamine and cAMP-regulated phosphoprotein-32), ARPP-16 (DARPP-16), ARPP-19 (DARPP-19), ARPP-21 (DARPP-21), cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor. [0172]
  • The invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a disorder, including but not limited to, a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need of such treatment comprising: [0173]
  • (a) contacting a potential agent with PDE1B and Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32; and [0174]
  • (b) detecting the amount of phosphorylation of Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32, [0175]
  • wherein the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 is detected in the presence of the potential agent. In certain embodiments, the PDE1B and Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 are in a cell or tissue. In other embodiments, the ability to treat a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested. [0176]
  • The invention also provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need of such treatment comprising: [0177]
  • (a) contacting a potential agent with PDE1B and Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor; and [0178]
  • (b) detecting the amount of phosphorylation of Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1AMPA receptor; wherein the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor is detected in the presence of the potential agent. [0179]
  • In certain embodiments, the PDE1B and Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor are in a cell or tissue. In other embodiments, the ability to treat a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested. [0180]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0181]
  • (a) determining a first level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0182]
  • (b) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and [0183]
  • (c) determining a second level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue, [0184]
  • wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said potential agent to modulate activity of the intracellular signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, the method comprises the additional step of: [0185]
  • (d) determining whether said intracellular signaling pathway is modulated. [0186]
  • In a specific embodiment, the intracellular signaling pathway is a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway. [0187]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising: [0188]
  • (a) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and [0189]
  • (b) determining a level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue; [0190]
  • wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate of the intracellular signaling pathway. In certain embodiments, modulation of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway is modulated by PDE1B. In certain embodiments, the method comprises the additional step of: [0191]
  • (c) determining whether said intracellular signaling pathway is modulated. [0192]
  • In a specific embodiment, the intracellular signaling pathway is a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway. [0193]
  • As would be clearly understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art, any and/or all of the embodiments disclosed herein for identifying an agent, drug or compound that can modulate the activity of PDE1B, including such procedures that incorporate rational drug design, as disclosed herein, can be combined to form additional drug screens and assays, all of which are contemplated by the present invention. [0194]
  • Since PDE1B plays an important role in controlling levels of cAMP, and since the cAMP-PKA pathway interacts with many other signaling pathways in the brain, modulation of PDE1B will, in certain embodiments, ameliorate the symptoms and/or be used in the treatment of disorders including, but not limited to, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's syndrome, tic disorder, Lesch-Nyans disease, pain, dystonias, substance or drug abuse, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, depression, affective disorder, manic-depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorder, emesis, panic disorder, anxiety disorder, migraine, myoclonus, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), post-traumatic stress syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, epilepsy, sleep or circadian rhythm disorder (e.g., insomnia), sexual disorder, stress disorder, hypertension and cancer. [0195]
  • According to the methods of the invention, patterns and/or levels of DARPP-32 phosphorylation and/or GluR1 AMPA receptor phosphorylation may be determined both before and after treatment of cells or tissues with a test compound. [0196]
  • One of skill would understand that according to the invention, once a compound is identified as capable of producing, e.g., altered patterns and/or levels of DARPP-32 phosphorylation and/or GluR1 AMPA receptor phosphorylation similar to known ameliorative compounds, the compound may be used to treat a PDE1B-related disorder, a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, as well as other conditions in which dopaminergic systems are involved. Such conditions would include, but not be limited to, a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder. In the context of the present invention, the compounds identified would be administered as an effective dose or amount which can be determined by one of skill in the art based on data from studies such as presented in this specification. Such data would include, but not be limited to, results from IC50 determinations. [0197]
  • The present invention also provides in vivo methods of identifying agents that can modulate the activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway via modulation of PDE1B activity. Such methods can be employed alone or in conjunction with in vitro and in situ methods as disclosed herein. [0198]
  • One such in vivo method comprises administering the agent to a non-human mammal. The amount (and/or rate) of activation of PDE1B is then determined. An agent is identified as capable of modulating the activity of an intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway, via modulation of PDE1B, when the amount (and/or rate) of PDE1B activation is increased or decreased in the presence of the agent relative to in the absence of the agent. In preferred embodiments, the non-human mammal is a rodent. In a more preferred embodiment, the rodent is a wild-type mouse. In other embodiments, the non-human mammal is an animal model for a disease or disorder. Such animal models are disclosed herein. [0199]
  • In another embodiment, an experimental animal is used to ascertain the effect of a potential agent on a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder. A potential modulator that ameliorates the disorder can then be selected. [0200]
  • For example, in certain embodiments, a locomotor or learning behavioral response of an animal can be determined in the presence and absence of the agent. In specific embodiment, locomotor activity of the animal, e.g., a mouse, can be measured in an activity monitor as disclosed in [0201] Section 6. In a specific embodiment, a behavioral test, e.g., a test for exploratory behavior during horizontal locomotor activity, a test for locomotor activity after administration of methamphetamine treatment, or a Morris water maze can be used, as disclosed in Section 6.
  • Methods of testing a potential therapeutic agent (e.g., a candidate drug, potential modulator, etc.) in animals or animal models are well known in the art. Thus potential therapeutic agents can be used to treat whole animals. The potential modulators can be administered by a variety of ways including topically, orally, subcutaneously, or intraperitoneally (such as by intraperitoneal injection) depending on the proposed use. Optimal dose will be empirically defined. Animals can be sacrificed by focused microwave beam irradiation, for example. [0202]
  • The potential efficacy of these compounds in relieving pathological symptoms of a disorder, including but not limited to, a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder, can be assessed in animal models for disease. For example, animals ectopically expressing the human disease-causing form of the Huntington's disease (HD) gene exhibit neuropathological symptoms similar to those of HD patients. Models such as these can be used to assess the efficacy of any potential therapeutic agents as disclosed hereinbelow. Generally, at least two groups of animals are used in the assay, with at least one group being a control group in which the administration vehicle is administered without the potential modulator. [0203]
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising: [0204]
  • (a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal; [0205]
  • (b) measuring the response of said animal to said potential therapeutic agent; [0206]
  • (c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and [0207]
  • (d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal. [0208]
  • In a preferred embodiment, the animal is a mouse. [0209]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising: [0210]
  • (a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal; [0211]
  • (b) measuring the response of said animal to administration of a neurotransmitter that interacts with an intracellular signaling pathway; [0212]
  • (c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and [0213]
  • (d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal. [0214]
  • In a preferred embodiment, the animal is a mouse. In another embodiment, the intracellular signaling pathway is a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. [0215]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising: [0216]
  • (a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal; [0217]
  • (b) measuring the response of said animal to dopamine administration; [0218]
  • (c) comparing the response to dopamine administration of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and [0219]
  • (d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal. [0220]
  • In a preferred embodiment, the animal is a mouse. [0221]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising: [0222]
  • (a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal; [0223]
  • (b) measuring the response of said animal, wherein the response is selected from the group consisting of: [0224]
  • (i) exhibition of exploratory behavior during a test period for horizontal locomotor activity; [0225]
  • (ii) exhibition of hyperactivity after administration of methamphetamine treatment; [0226]
  • (iii) path length in acquisition of a Morris water maze; [0227]
  • (iv) change in level of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 in striatal slices from said animal; and [0228]
  • (v) change in level of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 in nucleus accumbens slices from said animal, [0229]
  • (c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and [0230]
  • (d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal. [0231]
  • In a preferred embodiment, the animal is a mouse. [0232]
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method for selecting a therapeutic agent for potential use in the treatment of disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, which comprises administering a suspected therapeutic agent to an animal model, and measuring and/or determining the putative therapeutic agent's effect on any of the phenotypic characteristics of the animal model, which may be believed to be related to said disorder. [0233]
  • Potential therapeutic agents are selected on the basis of whether there is a statistical significance between a test response and a normal (i.e., naive or wild-type) response. Potential therapeutic agents are selected that show a statistically significant change in the characteristic measured/determined. In a preferred embodiment, the response of a wild-type animal in the presence of a therapeutic agent is characteristically different from the response of a wild-type animal to which the agent has not been administered. [0234]
  • A still further aspect of the invention is a method for selecting a therapeutic agent for possible use in the treatment of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, which comprises administering a suspected therapeutic agent to an animal model for a disorder and measuring and/or determining the putative therapeutic agent's effect on any of the phenotypic characteristics outlined above which may be believed to be related to said disorder. [0235]
  • In other embodiments, the agent is administered along with a D1 receptor agonist. The amount (and/or rate) of modulation of PDE1B activity is then determined. Since the administration of e.g., a D1 receptor agonist, in the absence of the agent, should result in an increase in PDE1B, DARPP-32 and GluR1 AMPA receptor activity, an agent is identified as capable of modulating the activity of PDE1B when the amount (and/or rate) of activation is significantly increased or decreased in the presence of the agent relative to in the absence of the agent. [0236]
  • In other embodiments, the agent is administered along with a D1 receptor antagonist. The amount (and/or rate) of modulation of PDE1B activity is then determined. Since the administration of a D1 receptor antagonist in the absence of the agent should result in a decrease in PDE1B, DARPP-32 and GluR1 AMPA receptor activity, an agent is identified as capable of modulating the activity of PDE1B when the amount (and/or rate) of activation is significantly increased or decreased in the presence of the agent relative to in the absence of the agent. [0237]
  • In certain embodiments, combinatorial libraries of chemical compounds, based on different structural skeletons (e.g., purines), as well as unrelated naturally occurring compounds, can be tested as drug candidates. In a preferred embodiment of this type, the assay is performed using high throughput technology with automated robotic technology as disclosed herein. Positive results (“hits”) represent either the reduced or increased activity of PDE1B, as compared to the control reactions (in which the drug candidate is not included in the assay). [0238]
  • Once a drug candidate is selected, structural variants of the drug candidate can be tested. These compounds can also be scrutinized and modified with parameters such as membrane permeability, specificity of effects, and toxicity. The selected (e.g., the most potent) compounds of this secondary screening can then be evaluated in situ and in animal models (see Section 5.5) to determine whether the selected compounds alter the activity of PDE1B, and/or induce predicted behavioral alterations with minimal to no side-effects. Such behavioral abnormalities may include, but not be limited to, testing locomotor activity or learning and memory, as disclosed herein (see also, e.g., Kosten et al., J. Pharmacol., Exp. Ther. 269:137-144 (1994); U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety); and/or self-administration of selected drugs or in prepulse inhibition (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,777,195 Issued Jul. 7, 1998, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In specific embodiments, methods for testing for antidepressant efficacy commonly known in the art, e.g., a rodent tail-suspension test, can be used. [0239]
  • These tests can be then be followed by human trials in clinical studies. Alternatively, in certain embodiments, human trials in clinical studies can be performed without animal testing. Compounds affecting targets other than PDE1B can also be similarly screened, using alternative targets exemplified below. [0240]
  • Alternatively, modulators (e.g., activators or inhibitors) of PDE1B activity can be obtained by screening, e.g., a random peptide library produced by recombinant bacteriophage (see, e.g., Scott and Smith, Science 249:386-390 (1990); Cwirla et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:6378-6382 (1990); Devlin et al., Science 249:404-406 (1990)) or a chemical library. Using the “phage method” very large libraries can be constructed (106-108 chemical entities). A second approach may be to use chemical methods, of which the Geysen method (Geysen et al., Molecular Immunology 23:709-715 (1986); Geysen et al. J. Immunologic Method 102:259-274 (1987)) and the method of Fodor et al. (Science 251:767-773 (1991)) are examples. Furka et al. (14th international Congress of Biochemistry, [0241] Volume 5, Abstract FR:013 (1988); Furka, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 37:487-493 (1991)), Houghton (U.S. Pat. No. 4,631,211, issued December 1986) and Rutter et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,175, issued Apr. 23, 1991) disclose methods to produce a mixture of peptides. Such peptides can be tested as potential modulators of PDE1B activity.
  • In another aspect, synthetic libraries (Needels et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:10700-4 (1993); Ohlmeyer et al., Proc. Natl.. Acad. Sci. USA 90:10922-10926 (1993); Lam et al., International Patent Publication No. WO 92/00252; Kocis et al., International Patent Publication No. WO 94/28028, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), and the like can be used to screen for modulators of PDE1B activation, according to the present invention. Once a potential modulator is identified, chemical analogues can be either selected from a library of chemicals as are commercially available (e.g., from Chembridge Corporation, San Diego, Calif. or Evotec OAI, Abingdon, UK), or alternatively synthesized de novo. The prospective agent (drug) can be placed into any standard assay to test its effect on the activity of PDE1B activation. A drug is then selected that modulates the activity of PDE1B activation. [0242]
  • The present invention also contemplates screens for small molecules, analogs thereof, as well as screens for natural modulators of PDE1B, such as those molecules that bind to and inhibit or activate, e.g., D1 receptors or PDE1B in vivo. Alternatively, natural products libraries can be screened using assays of the invention for molecules that modulate e.g., D1 receptors or PDE1B activity. [0243]
  • In one particular assay, the target e.g., PDE1B, can be attached to a solid support. Methods for placing such targets on the solid support are well known in the art and include such things as linking biotin to the target and linking avidin to the solid support. The solid support can be washed to remove unreacted species. A solution of a labeled potential modulator (e.g., an inhibitor) can be contacted with the solid support. The solid support is washed again to remove the potential modulator not bound to the support. The amount of labeled potential modulator remaining with the solid support and thereby bound to the target can be determined. Alternatively, or in addition, the dissociation constant between the labeled potential modulator and the target, for example, can be determined. Suitable labels for either the target or the potential modulator are disclosed herein. [0244]
  • In another aspect of the present invention, a potential modulator can be assayed for its ability to modulate the phosphorylation of Thr34 DARPP-32 by PKA or its dephosphorylation by PP2B, or the phosphorylation of Ser845-GluR1 AMPA receptor by PKA, or the dephosphorylation of Ser845-GluR1 AMPA receptor, either independently, or subsequent to, a binding assay as disclosed herein. In one such embodiment, the amount and/or rate of phosphorylation or dephosphorylation of Thr34 DARPP-32, or a fragment thereof comprising the Thr34 residue, is determined. In another embodiment, the amount and/or rate of phosphorylation or dephosphorylation of Ser845 GluR1 AMPA receptor, or a fragment thereof comprising the Ser845 residue, is determined. Such assays are known in the art. In certain embodiments, the methods disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000 (each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) or by Yan et al. (1999, Nature Neurosci. 3:13-17) are used. In another embodiment, the methods of Yan et al. (1999, Nature Neurosci. 3:13-17) can be used to assay for AMPA receptor activity. Thus, according to the methods of the invention, a modulator of PDE1B activity that modulates the activity of an intracellular signaling molecule is then selected [0245]
  • In another embodiment, a potential modulator can be added to a striatal tissue slice (as disclosed in Sections 6). Tissue samples can be treated with various concentrations of a potential modulator and the sample can then be analyzed for activity of PDE1B. Potential modulators of the activity of PDE1B can be tested for example, on intact neurons in situ by treatment of acutely prepared neostriatal slices incubated in Krebs bicarbonate buffer solution containing the reagent. The effects of these compounds can be tested by empirically defining the optimal concentration and time of incubation. In a specific embodiment, homogenates of striatal tissue are subjected to immunoblot analysis [0246]
  • 5.2.1. Enzymatic Assays for Phosphodiesterases [0247]
  • According to the methods of the invention, inhibitors and activators of calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterases (CaM-PDEs), including, but not limited to PDE1B, can be detected and isolated using methods commonly known in the art, and/or identified by direct assay of isolated enzyme. Such assays are well known to those of skill in the art. [0248]
  • For example, in one embodiment, the methods of Thompson et al. (1971, Multiple cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase activities from rat brain. Biochemistry 10: 311-316) may be used to assay for PDE activity. In one aspect, either cAMP or cGMP may be used as a substrate in the assay. In certain embodiments, tissue is first homogenized in a buffer that contains a mixture of protease inhibitors, e.g., as described by Swinnen et al., (1989, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 86: 8197-8201). [0249]
  • PDE1B may be immunoprecipitated from brain homogenate using standard methods, using, e.g., a commercial antibody, e.g., AB-1655 Rabbit Anti-Calmodulin-Dependent Phosphodiesterase 1B1 Affinity-Purified Antibody (Chemicon). [0250]
  • In another embodiment, PDE1B can be isolated from bovine brain using ion-exchange chromatography and affinity chromatography on Calmodulin-Sepharose (Sharma, R. K., T. H. Wang, et al. (1980). “Purification and properties of bovine brain calmodulin-dependent cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase.” J Biol Chem 255(12): 5916-23). [0251]
  • In another embodiment, a cloned cDNA copy of a CaM-PDE mRNA can be used to express epitope-tagged enzyme in baculovirus and this enzyme can be affinity purified from insect cell extracts. Sonnenburg et al. described this procedure for PDE1A enzyme (Sonnenburg, W. K., D. Seger, et al. (1995). “Identification of inhibitory and calmodulin-binding domains of the PDE1A1 and PDE1A2 calmodulin-stimulated cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases.” J Biol Chem 270(52): 30989-1000) and it may be readily adapted for PDE1B. [0252]
  • Mammalian phosphodiesterases may also be expressed in PDE-deficient yeast (Engels, P., M. Sullivan, et al. (1995). “Molecular cloning and functional expression in yeast of a human cAMP-specific phosphodiesterase subtype (PDE IV-C).” FEBS Lett 358(3): 305-10; Atienza, J. M. and J. Colicelli (1998). “Yeast model system for study of mammalian phosphodiesterases.” Methods 14(1): 35-42). CaM-PDE expression in recombinant yeast may also be carried out according to the methods described by Loughney et al. (1996, “Isolation and characterization of cDNAs corresponding to two human calcium, calmodulin-regulated, 3′,5′-cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases.” J Biol Chem 271(2): 796-806). [0253]
  • Overexpression of a CaM-PDE may be carried out according to methods commonly known in the art. In one embodiment, overexpression of a CaM-PDE is carried out in transfected mammalian cells using vectors such as pcDNA3. In one aspect of this embodiment, the overexpression of the CaM-PDE provides a means to study inhibition of the cloned enzyme, by comparing transfected and non-transfected cells (Yan, C., A. Z. Zhao, et al. (1996). “The calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterase gene PDE1C encodes several functionally different splice variants in a tissue-specific manner.” J Biol Chem 271(41): 25699-706.). [0254]
  • CaM-PDE activity may be assayed according to methods commonly known in the art. Phosphodiesterase cleavage of radioactively labeled cAMP or cGMP can be used to detect phosphodiesterase inhibitors. In one embodiment, the assay for phosphodiesterase activity relies on recovery of labeled adenosine following a two-step biochemical assay. In the first step, phosphodiesterase hydrolyzes [[0255] 3H]cyclic AMP to [3H]5′-AMP. In the second step, snake venom 5′-nucleotidase is added to convert the [3H]5′-AMP to [3H]adenosine. Labeled adenosine is separated from [31H]cyclic AMP by anion exchange or affinity chromatography and then detected by liquid scintillation counting. One such assay has been described for cAMP-specific phosphodiesterase PDE4 by Hansen and Beavo (1982, “Purification of two calcium/calmodulin-dependent forms of cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase by using conformation-specific monoclonal antibody chromatography.” Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 79(9): 2788-92), and modified for high throughput by Daniels and Alvarez (1996, “A semiautomated method for the assay of cyclic adenosine 5′-monophosphate phosphodiesterase.” Anal Biochem 236(2): 367-9).
  • These assays may be modified, according to methods known in the art, to detect inhibitors of the calcium/calmodulin-dependent PDE1B enzyme. For example, in one embodiment, CaCl[0256] 2 (0.2 mM) and calmodulin (4 μg/ml) are added to the assay. PDE1B activity in semipurified mixtures can be detected by comparing phosphodiesterase activity in the presence of calcium and calmodulin with the activity measured in the presence of 1 mM EGTA.
  • In another embodiment, a high throughput method may be used to perform a CaM-PDE assay, for example, using the methods of Daniels and Alvarez (1996, “A semiautomated method for the assay of [0257] cyclic adenosine 5′-monophosphate phosphodiesterase.” Anal Biochem 236(2): 367-9). Such an assay may also be modified, in certain embodiments, into a one-step procedure. In the one-step procedure, conversion of 3H-AMP to adenosine using snake venom phosphodiesterase is omitted. Instead, 3H-AMP is separated from [31H]cyclic AMP by affinity chromatography using alumina or boronate resin at alkaline pH (Smith, B. J., M. R. Wales, et al. (1993). “A phosphodiesterase assay using alumina microcolumns.” Anal Biochem 214(1): 355-7; Duplantier, A. J., C. J. Andresen, et al. (1998). “7-Oxo-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridines as novel inhibitors of human eosinophil phosphodiesterase.” J Med Chem 41(13): 2268-77; Bumouf, C., E. Auclair, et al. (2000). “Synthesis, structure-activity relationships, and pharmacological profile of 9-amino-4-oxo-1 -phenyl-3,4,6,7-tetrahydro[1,4]diazepino[6, 7,1-hi]indoles: discovery of potent, selective phosphodiesterase type 4 inhibitors.” J Med Chem 43(25): 4850-67.).
  • 5.2.2. Enzymatic Assays for Kinases and Phosphatases [0258]
  • Kinase activities can be monitored by a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art, e.g., the methods disclosed in Parker, Law, et al., 2000, Development of high throughput screening assays using fluorescence polarization: nuclear receptor-ligand-binding and kinase/phosphatase assays, J. Biomolec. Screening 5(2): 77-88; Bader et al. (2001, Journal of Biomolecular Screening 6(4): 255-64); Liu, F., X. H. Ma, et al. (2001). “Regulation of cyclin-[0259] dependent kinase 5 and casein kinase 1 by metabotropic glutamate receptors.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 98(20): 11062-8; Evans, D. B., K. B. Rank, et al. (2002). “A scintillation proximity assay for studying inhibitors of human tau protein kinase II/Cdk5 using a 96-well format.” Journal of Biochemical & Biophysical Methods 50(2-3): 151-61.
  • Using such methods, samples containing the kinase of interest are exposed under the appropriate conditions to radioactive ATP and a synthetic peptide substrate of the appropriate composition to provide a site for phosphorylation. The radioactive phosphate newly associated with the peptide is then measured. Addition of a chemical moiety, such as biotin covalently linked to the substrate peptide, allows binding of the substrate peptide by a streptavidin-coated bead. Bead-bound peptide can be isolated and associated radioactivity measured, or, preferably, radioactivity associated with the substrate peptide can be measured directly using a bead suitable for scintillation proximity assays. [0260]
  • Activities of protein phosphatases can be monitored by a variety of methods known to those skilled in the art, e.g., the methods disclosed in Cohen et al.(1988, Protein phosphatase-1 and protein phosphatase-2A from rabbit skeletal muscle, Methods Enzymol 159:390-408) or Stewart and Cohen (1988, Protein phosphatase-2B from rabbit skeletal muscle: a Ca[0261] 2+-dependent, calmodulin-stimulated enzyme, Methods Enzymol 159:409-16).
  • Modulators of PDE1B can also be identified by screening for modulators of DARPP-32 phosphorylation, i.e., Ser137 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (CK1), Thr75 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (Cdk5) or Thr34 DARPP-32 phosphorylation (PKA, PP2B, PP1). Such methods are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000; and in U.S. Pat. No: 5,777,195, by Fienberg et al., issued Jul. 7, 1998, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. [0262]
  • 5.2.3. Other Phosphorylation Assays [0263]
  • Phosphorylation of a peptide substrate can also be detected via direct binding of phosphospecific antibodies or by measuring displacement of a phosphospecific antibody from a competitor phosphopeptide (see, e.g., Parker, Law et al., 2000, Development of high throughput screening assays using fluorescence polarization: nuclear receptor-ligand-binding and kinase/phosphatase assays, J. Biomolec. Screening 5(2): 77-88). Fluorescence methods such as fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) or fluorescence polarization (FP) can be used to detect the specific phosphopeptide-antibody complexes. These methods have the advantage that they employ “homogeneous” detection that is not dependent on isolation of the bound species, but rather depends on changes in fluorescence that occur owing to specific binding in solution. [0264]
  • Methods of producing phosphospecific antibodies are well known in the art. In one embodiment, the methods disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000, (each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) are used to produce phosphorylation state-specific antibodies having specificity for, e.g., Thr34-phosphorylated DARPP-32. [0265]
  • Phosphorylation state-specific antibodies against phosphoserine, phosphothreonine, or phosphotyrosine are commercially available. These antibodies are useful for determining whether proteins are phosphorylated in general, and on which residue. Such antibodies are available from commercial sources (see, e.g., Smith, The Scientist 15[4]:24, Feb. 19, 2001 for list of commercial sources, including Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc., Sigma RBI, Stratagene, Upstate Biotechnology and Zymed). [0266]
  • Fluorescence resonance energy transfer, or FRET, is widely used for homogeneous assays capable of detecting specific binding of macromolecules. FRET depends on the ability of excited “donor” fluorescent molecules (fluorophores) to transfer their energy to nearby “acceptor” fluorophores rather than emitting light. Thus, when the two fluorophores are brought together in space by binding to a substrate target, fluorescence emitted at the normal donor wavelength is reduced and fluorescence emitted by the acceptor fluorophore increases. Either the decrease in donor fluorescence or the increase in acceptor fluorescence can be used to measure the binding event. [0267]
  • In one embodiment, the methods disclosed in Bader et al. (2001, A cGMP-dependent protein kinase assay for high throughput screening based on time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer, Journal of Biomolecular Screening 6(4): 255-64) are used to determine activity of e.g., a phosphodiesterase, kinase or protein phosphatase. Bader et al. discloses a cGMP-dependent protein kinase assay for high throughput screening based on time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer (“FRET”), which as, would be appreciated by one of skill in the art, may be adapted for assays of a phosphodiesterase or protein phosphatase. Samples containing the kinase of interest are exposed to ATP and a synthetic peptide substrate with a kinase-specific phosphorylation site and an amino-terminal biotin moiety. Phosphorylated peptide is detected using allophycocyanin-labeled streptavidin, a phosphopeptide specific antibody, and a Europium-chelate-labeled secondary antibody. Simultaneous binding of the streptavidin and the phosphospecific antibody to a phosphorylated substrate molecule brings the Europium chelate “donor” on the secondary antibody close enough to the allophycocyanin fluorophore “acceptor” for fluorescence resonance energy transfer to occur, measurable as a decrease in Europium emission at 615 nm and an increase in allophycocyanin emission at 665 nm wavelength. The Europium—allophycocyanin donor—acceptor pair is commonly used in order to take advantage of the long fluorescence lifetime of excited Europium, thus the signal is “time-resolved”. [0268]
  • Other pairs of fluorophores, such as coumarin and fluorescein isothiocyanate, can be used. Pairs of such molecules that can engage in fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) are termed FRET pairs. In order for energy transfer to occur, the donor and acceptor molecules must typically be in close proximity (up to 70 to 100 Å (Clegg, 1992, Methods Enzymol. 211:353-388; Selvin, 1995, Methods Enzymol. 246: 300-334). The efficiency of energy transfer falls off rapidly with the distance between the donor and acceptor molecules. Molecules that are commonly used in FRET include fluorescein, 5-carboxyfluorescein (FAM), 2′7′-dimethoxy-4′5′-dichloro-6-carboxyfluorescein (JOE), rhodamine, 6-carboxyrhodamine (R6G), N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyl-6-carboxyrhodamine (TAMRA), 6-carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX), 4-(4′-dimethylaminophenylazo)benzoic acid (DABCYL), and 5-(2′-aminoethyl)aminonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid (EDANS). Whether a fluorophore is a donor or an acceptor is defined by its excitation and emission spectra, and the fluorophore with which it is paired. For example, FAM is most efficiently excited by light with a wavelength of 488 nm, and emits light with a spectrum of 500 to 650 nm, and an emission maximum of 525 nm. FAM is a suitable donor fluorophore for use with JOE, TAMRA, and ROX (all of which have their excitation maximum at 514 nm). [0269]
  • Fluorescence polarization measurements can also be used for measuring the activity of a phosphodiesterase, protein kinase or a phosphatase (see, e.g., Parker, Law et al., 2000, Development of high throughput screening assays using fluorescence polarization: nuclear receptor-ligand-binding and kinase/phosphatase assays, J. Biomolec. Screening 5(2): 77-88; Turek et al., 2001, Anal. Biochem. 299: 45-53). Binding of a large specific antibody to a fluorescent small phosphopeptide slows its tumbling rate and increases the fluorescence polarization signal. Thus fluorescence polarization is proportional to the amount of bound fluorescent phosphopeptide. This assay can be used in a competitive mode, in which a fixed concentration of fluorescent peptide and antibody are added to a biological sample, and the presence of non-fluorescent phosphoprotein or phosphopeptide is recorded as a decrease in signal. It can also be used in a direct binding mode, in which phosphate addition (by e.g., a kinase) or removal (by e.g., a phosphatase) modulates antibody binding and thus polarization signal. In a specific embodiment, a fluorescence polarization assay is performed using the methods of Turek et al. (2001, Anal. Biochem. 299: 45-53), in which a product-specific anti-phosphorylated peptide-specific (e.g., anti-phospho-serine) antibody is used. [0270]
  • In another embodiment, a cell-based assay for phosphorylation is used. In a specific embodiment, signal transduction based on protein phosphorylation is visualized in vivo, e.g., in single living cells using fluorescent indicators, using methods such as those disclosed in Sato et al. (2002, Fluorescent indicators for imaging protein phosphorylation in single living cells, Nature Biotechnology 20(3): 287-94). Such sensors consist of two fluorescent protein molecules, separated by a flexible linker. The linker peptide contains a phosphorylation site and a phosphoprotein recognition element. Phosphorylation of the linker causes a conformational change that brings the two fluorescent proteins into close proximity, allowing FRET to occur and changing the fluorescent output of the system. [0271]
  • 5.3. Agents that Modulate PDE1B Activity [0272]
  • The present invention also provides compositions for modulating the activity of PDE1B including, but not limited to the following agents, drugs, compounds or small molecules disclosed hereinbelow. The invention also provides compositions for modulating the activity of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor via modulation of the activity of PDE1B, including, but not limited to the following agents, drugs, compounds or small molecules disclosed hereinbelow. The invention also provides compositions for use in methods of treatment of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, wherein the compositions modulate the activity of PDE1B, including, but not limited to the following agents, drugs, compounds or small molecules disclosed hereinbelow. [0273]
  • As disclosed hereinabove, without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, in one aspect of the invention, dopamine D1 receptors mediate the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 via dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathways. According to the invention, dopamine D1 receptor activation leads to adenylyl cyclase activation (and increased cAMP). cAMP activates protein kinase A (PKA; cAMP-dependent protein kinase) which phosphorylates downstream signal transduction pathway elements such as DARPP-32 and CREB. These signaling pathways are down-regulated or antagonized by phosphodiesterases (PDEs), including but not limited to PDE1B, which hydrolyzes cAMP to its 5′-monophosphate. [0274]
  • In another aspect of the invention, calcium-regulated PDE1B is an interface for regulating activity between a dopamine-regulated intracellular signaling pathway and another intracellular signaling pathway, including but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway [0275]
  • Thus, any compound identified according to the methods of the invention that affects the above described interactions in a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway may also serve as the basis of a therapeutic treatment for a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder, and therefore, all of the proteins that participate in such interactions may also be used in assays as described herein. [0276]
  • One of skill would understand that once identified as capable of modulating PDE1B activity in the methods of the present invention, the compound may be used therapeutically to modulate PDE1B activity in cells, e.g., neurons, in order to treat conditions in which PDE1B activity may be involved. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway. [0277]
  • The present invention further provides methods for performing rational drug design to develop drugs that can modulate activity of PDE1B and thereby ameliorate a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder. Such rational drug design can be performed using compounds that have been identified as inhibitors (or activators) of PDE1 as a starting point. Thus, the present invention provides screens and assays to allow more specific inhibitors (or activators) to be identified. Such methods of rational drug design are well-known in the art. In a specific embodiment, the rational drug design methods disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000, incorporated herein by reference in their entireties, are used. [0278]
  • Indeed, potential modulators can be examined through the use of computer modeling using a docking program such as GRAM, DOCK, or AUTODOCK (Dunbrack et al., Folding & Design 2:27-42 (1997)), to identify potential modulators of PDE1B. These modulators can then be tested for their effect on PDE1B activity. This procedure can include computer fitting of potential modulators to the PDE1B complex to ascertain how well the shape and the chemical structure of the potential modulator will bind to PDE1B (see, e.g., Bugg et al., 1993, Scientific American (Dec.) 269(6):92-98; West et al., TIPS, 16:67-74 (1995)). Computer programs can also be employed to estimate the attraction, repulsion, and steric hindrance of the subunits with a modulator/inhibitor. Generally the tighter the fit, the lower the steric hindrances, and the greater the attractive forces, the more potent the potential modulator since these properties are consistent with a tighter binding constant. Furthermore, the more specificity in the design of a potential drug the more likely that the drug will not interact as well with other proteins. This will minimize potential side-effects due to unwanted interactions with other proteins. [0279]
  • Initially, compounds known to bind to PDE1B can be systematically modified by computer modeling programs until one or more promising potential analogs are identified. In addition systematic modification of selected analogs can then be systematically modified by computer modeling programs until one or more potential analogs are identified. Such analyses are well known to those of skill in the art and have been shown to be effective in the development of, e.g., HIV protease inhibitors (see, e.g., Lam et al., Science 263:380-384 (1994); Wlodawer et al, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:543-585 (1993); Appelt, Perspectives in Drug Discovery and Design 1:23-48 (1993); Erickson, Perspectives in Drug Discovery and Design 1:109-128 (1993)). [0280]
  • Any of the potential agents or targets for the potential agents (e.g., PDE1B or DARPP-32) can be labeled. Suitable labels include enzymes (e.g., alkaline phosphatase or horseradish peroxidase), fluorophores (e.g., fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), phycoerythrin (PE), Texas red (TR), rhodamine, free or chelated lanthanide series salts, especially Eu3+, to name a few fluorophores), chromophores, radioisotopes, chelating agents, dyes, colloidal gold, latex particles, ligands (e.g., biotin), chemiluminescent agents, magnetic beads or magnetic resonance imaging labels. When a control marker is employed, the same or different labels may be used for the receptor and control marker. [0281]
  • In embodiments wherein a radioactive label, such as the isotopes [0282] 3H, 14C, 32p, 35s, 36Cl, 51Cr, 57Co, 58Co, 59Fe, 90Y, 125I, 131I, and 186Re is used, standard known in the art may be utilized.
  • In embodiments wherein the label is an enzyme, detection may be accomplished by any of the presently utilized colorimetric, spectrophotometric, fluorospectrophotometric, amperometric or gasometric techniques known in the art. [0283]
  • A direct label is an example of a label that can be used according to the methods of the present invention. A direct label is an entity that, in its natural state, is readily visible, either to the naked eye (for example, by visual inspection through a compound or dissecting light microscope), or with the aid of an optical filter and/or applied stimulation, e.g., U.V. light to promote fluorescence. Examples of colored labels that can be used according to the methods of the present invention, include metallic sol particles, for example, gold sol particles such as those disclosed by Leuvering (U.S. Pat. No. 4,313,734); dye sol particles such as disclosed by Gribnau et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,373,932) and May et al. (WO 88/08534); dyed latex such as disclosed by May et al. (WO 88/08534), Snyder (EP-A 0280 559 and 0 281 327); or dyes encapsulated in liposomes as disclosed by Campbell et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,703,017). [0284]
  • Other direct labels include a radionucleotide, a luminescent moiety, or a fluorescent moiety including, but not limited, to, e.g., a modified/fusion chimera of green fluorescent protein (as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,625,048, issued Apr. 29, 1997, and WO 97/26333, published Jul. 24, 1997, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). [0285]
  • In addition to these direct labeling devices, indirect labels comprising enzymes can also be used according to the present invention. Various types of enzyme-linked immunoassays are well known in the art, for example, enzyme-linked immunoassays using alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, lysozyme, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, lactate dehydrogenase, or urease. These and other similar assays are well known in the art and are disclosed, e.g., in Engvall (1980, “Enzyme Immunoassay ELISA and EMIT,” in Methods in Enzymology, 70: 419-439) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,857,453. [0286]
  • In certain embodiments, proteins can be labeled by metabolic labeling. Metabolic labeling occurs during in vitro incubation of the cells that express the protein in the presence of culture medium supplemented with a metabolic label, such as [[0287] 35S]-methionine or [32P]-orthophosphate. In addition to metabolic (or biosynthetic) labeling with [Cl2]-methionine, the invention further contemplates labeling with [14C]-amino acids and [3H]-amino acids (with the tritium substituted at non-labile positions) (see, e.g., U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/419,379, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 15, 1999, and 09/687,959, by Bibb et al., entitled “Methods of Identifying Agents That Regulate Phosphorylation/Dephosphorylation in Dopamine Signaling,” filed Oct. 13, 2000, incorporated herein by reference in their entireties).
  • 5.4. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Methods [0288]
  • As disclosed herein, the invention provides agents, drugs, compounds and compositions that modulate the activity or expression of PDE1B. The invention also provides a method for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related disorder and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that alters the activity of PDE1B, wherein PDE1B activity modulates phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and/or the GluR1 AMPA receptor. [0289]
  • The present invention provides methods for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in an individual (e.g., a patient) or an animal subject by administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to modulate PDE1B activity. In one embodiment, the agent promotes or increases the activity of PDE1B. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits or decreases the activity of PDE1B. In certain embodiments, the agent promotes (or increases) or inhibits (or decreases) the activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway via modulation of PDE1B activity. [0290]
  • In certain embodiments, the invention provides a method for treating a disorder, including, but not limited to, a PDE1B-related and a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates PDE1B activity, wherein the phosphorylation of DARPP-32 at Thr34, and/or the phosphorylation of GluR1AMPA receptor at Ser845, is modulated. In specific embodiments, the agent modulates the activity of PDE1B by binding to PDE1B. [0291]
  • In one embodiment, a subject in need of such treatment is administered an amount of a compound of the present invention sufficient to modulate PDE1B activity, and modulate DARPP-32 activity, GluR1 AMPA receptor activity, and/or the activity of a intracellular signaling pathway including, but not limited to a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate (e.g., NMDA receptor, AMPA receptor), GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine (e.g., A2A receptor), cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. [0292]
  • The invention provides methods of administering an agent (or drug or compound) of the invention that can ameliorate a symptom of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient or subject exhibiting the symptom. In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods of administering an agent identified by the methods disclosed herein, that can ameliorate a symptom of said disorder in a patient or subject exhibiting the symptom. [0293]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates PDE1B activity, wherein phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and/or GluR1 AMPA receptor is modulated. In a specific embodiment, PDE1B activity is inhibited. [0294]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates PDE1B activity and modulates the phosphorylation of Thr34-phosphorylated DARPP-32. [0295]
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating a disorder characterized by an increase or a decrease in phosphorylation-dependent activation of GluR1 AMPA receptors comprising administering an effective amount of a compound that modulates the activity of PDE1B. [0296]
  • In a particular embodiment, a method of the invention is used to treat a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, that is related to a symptom and/or disease state characteristic of a PDE1B-related and/or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder. [0297]
  • In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for treating Parkinson's disease in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that inhibits PDE1B activity, wherein phosphorylation of Thr34-DARPP-32 and/or Ser845-GluR1 AMPA receptor is increased. [0298]
  • Preferably the agent, compound or composition administered in the method of treatment can cross through the blood brain barrier in sufficient quantities and at a sufficient rate so as to allow the treatment of the disorder and thereby, the condition or disease. In one such embodiment, the agent is administered intravenously. In another embodiment, the agent is administered orally. More preferably the agent can cross the blood brain barrier without a carrier (for methods and routes of administration, see Section 5.6). [0299]
  • The invention also provides a method for diagnosing a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in a subject suspected of having such a disorder, said method comprising determining a level of PDE1B activity in a sample from said subject, wherein a greater level of PDE1B activity in the sample from said subject relative to a control level of PDE1B activity in a control sample from a subject that does not have such a disorder indicates that said subject has said disorder. In specific embodiments, the subject is a human. [0300]
  • In certain embodiments, the level of PDE1B activity is determined by measuring phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor. In other embodiments, the level of PDE1B activity is a level of PDE1B mRNA, and said level of PDE1B mRNA is determined by methods well known in the art, e.g., by in situ hybridization. In other embodiments, the level of PDE1B activity is a level of PDE1B protein, and said protein level is determined by methods well known in the art, e.g., by immunoblotting. [0301]
  • The invention also provides a method for detecting a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, in vivo in a subject suspected of having such a disorder, said method comprising [0302]
  • (a) administering an agent that specifically binds PDE1B, said agent being conjugated to a label detectable by an imaging method; [0303]
  • (b) after said administration, waiting sufficient time for said agent to bind specifically to PDE1B in said subject and for unbound agent to clear to background levels in said subject; and [0304]
  • (c) then imaging said subject with said imaging method to detect levels of PDE1B in said subject. [0305]
  • In certain embodiments, the subject is human. [0306]
  • 5.5. Animal Models [0307]
  • According to the methods of the present invention, an animal model may be used for testing compounds identified by the screening methods of the present invention, wherein the compound is tested for functional utility using the animal model. According to the methods of the invention, an animal model may be a wild-type animal (as a model, e.g., for a normal or wild-type physiological or behavior state). Alternatively, the animal model may be a model for a disease or disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder. Such animal models may be used in assays to screen for compounds that modulate the activity of PDE1B, or that ameliorate the symptoms of a disease or disorder. Such animals can be mice, rats, hamsters, sheep, pigs, cattle, etc., and are preferably non-human mammals. [0308]
  • According to the invention, animal models may be employed that have, in certain embodiments, an altered physiological regulation of the nervous system such that the animal or tissues derived from it can be utilized for screening of potential therapeutic agents and/or therapeutic regimens that act at the intracellular level, especially at the level of intracellular signaling pathways, including but not limited to a nitric oxide, norepinephrine, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, natriuretic peptide (e.g., ANP, BNP, CNP) or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway. Drugs that can reverse any of the defects exhibited by such an animal model act at some point in the intracellular signaling cascade and are thus of potential use therapeutically. Additionally, since some defects occur at the behavioral level, the affectation or alteration of these can have a high predictive value for therapeutic use in modification of such behaviors. [0309]
  • According to the methods of the invention, animal models thus can be used, as screening tools to elucidate the mechanisms of the various protein phosphorylation steps involved in both normal and diseased patient populations. For example, an animal model can thus be utilized to assess the response to a variety of potential therapeutic strategies and therapeutic agents which can thus be used in the treatment of patients suffering from a variety of neurological diseases and disturbances. [0310]
  • Using animal models, various small molecule drugs can be screened for potentially advantageous effects, including enhanced potency as well as minimization of side effects. Typical candidates for such screening may be obtained from any of several commercially available drug libraries. [0311]
  • Specific neurological and behavioral diseases for which an animal model can be utilized include, but are not limited to, PDE1B-related disorders and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorders, as disclosed herein. By utilizing the various characteristic responses an animal to endogenous and exogenous agents, and comparing these responses to an animal treated with a potential therapeutic agent, an assessment of the utility of the potential therapeutic agent in a particular disease state can be made. For instance, the potential therapeutic agent can be administered to an animal model for a particular disease or disorder, and its response to dopamine can be monitored. Comparison with the response to dopamine in a normal, wild-type mouse can then provide an indication of the value of the potential therapeutic agent. [0312]
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method for selecting a therapeutic agent for possible use in the treatment of a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, which comprises administering a suspected therapeutic agent to an animal model, and measuring and/or determining the putative therapeutic agent's effect on any phenotypic characteristics which may be believed to be related to said disorder. [0313]
  • In one embodiment of this aspect of the invention, a suspected therapeutic agent is administered to an animal model, and a test response to dopamine is measured for the animal model, wherein the normal response of the animal model in the absence of a therapeutic agent is characteristically different than that of wild-type animals. The potential therapeutic agents are selected on the basis of whether there is a statistical significance between test response and the normal response. Potential therapeutic agents are selected that show a statistically significant change in the characteristic measured/determined. In a preferred embodiment, the response of the animal model in the absence of a therapeutic agent is characteristically different than that of wild-type animals to which the potential therapeutic has not been administered. [0314]
  • Yet another aspect of the present invention is a method for selecting a therapeutic agent for possible use in the treatment of Parkinson's disease which comprises administering a suspected therapeutic agent to an animal model, and measuring and/or determining the putative therapeutic agent's effect on any of the phenotypic characteristics which may be believed to be related to Parkinson's disease. [0315]
  • Animal models that may be used according to the methods of the invention include, but are not limited, to the animal models disclosed hereinbelow. [0316]
  • In one embodiment, a homozygous PDE1B knockout mouse may be used, as disclosed herein, in an additional test or assay to validate or confirm that a candidate agent modulates PDE1B activity as disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the invention provides an animal model that is a PDE1B-deficient, e.g., null or “knockout” mouse, that comprises a homozygous disruption in its endogenous PDE1B gene, wherein said disruption prevents the expression of a functional PDE1B protein, and further wherein the phenotype of said knockout mouse relative to a mouse having a wild type PDE1B gene comprises absence of PDE1B enzymatic activity when assayed for cAMP or cGMP hydrolysis. In certain embodiments, the disruption comprises a targeted disruption of the PDE1B catalytic site. In other embodiments, the disruption comprises an insertion into the coding region of the PDE1B gene. [0317]
  • The knockout mouse contains a non-functional allele for the gene that naturally encodes and expresses functional PDE1B. A knockout mouse containing two non-functional alleles for the gene that naturally encodes and expresses functional PDE1B, is therefore unable to express functional PDE1B. [0318]
  • Non-functional alleles can be generated in any number of ways that are well known in the art, all of which may be used in the present invention. In preferred embodiments, a non-functional allele is made defective by an insertion or substitution of extraneous DNA into the coding region PDE1B allele; preferably the coding region for the catalytic domain. In some embodiments, the insertion contains a signal to terminate transcription prior to the transcription of a region of the allele that encodes PDE1B. In such embodiments, it is still more preferred to remove a section of DNA from the coding region for the catalytic domain of PDE1B and replacing it with the above insertion. [0319]
  • The PDE1B knockout mouse of the invention has phenotype that comprises an increased response to dopamine and/or hyperactivity, as disclosed in [0320] Section 6. In other embodiments, the increased response to dopamine is evidenced by increased phosphorylation of DARPP-32 at Thr34 and/or GluR1 AMPA receptor at Ser 845.
  • In other embodiments, the phenotype of the PDE1B knockout mouse relative to a mouse having a wild type PDE1B gene further comprises a phenotype selected from the group consisting of: exhibition of significantly more exploratory behavior during the first 30 minutes of a test period for horizontal locomotor activity, exhibition of significantly more hyperactivity after administration of methamphetamine treatment, exhibition of significantly longer path length in acquisition of a Morris water maze, exhibition in striatal slices from said mouse of increased levels of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 upon administration of a D1 receptor agonist, and exhibition in nucleus accumbens slices from said mouse of increased levels of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 upon administration of a D1 receptor agonist. It will appreciated by one of skill in the art that a wild-type mouse in which PDE1B is inhibited experimentally, e.g., through administration a compound of the invention, may, in certain embodiments, exhibit some and/or all of the above-described phenotypic characteristics of a PDE1B knockout mouse. [0321]
  • As disclosed herein, the PDE1B knockout animal of the invention is preferably a mouse, since mice offer distinct advantages as laboratory research animals. However, it will be recognized that any other animal having the PDE1B protein will be amenable to the methods of the instant invention. Such animals can be mice, rats, hamsters, sheep, pigs, cattle, etc., and are preferably non-human mammals. [0322]
  • Methods for producing knockout mice are well known in the art. The method comprises obtaining genomic DNA encoding PDE1B, constructing a vector containing said genomic DNA and a marker gene, wherein said marker gene is placed within the exon of said genomic DNA. The vector is then electroporated into embryonic stem (ES) cells and an embryonic stem (ES) cell is selected that has integrated the vector into its genome, wherein the selected cell has integrated the marker gene into the endogenous site of the gene for PDE1B in the mouse genome. The cell is then injected into a mouse blastocyst, which is then re-implanted into a pseudopregnant female mouse, which gives birth to a chimeric mouse containing a defective allele for PDE1B in its germ line. The chimeric mouse is then mated to a mouse of a standard in-bred line to generate a heterozygous knockout mouse. Two heterozygous mice are then bred generating a homozygous knockout mouse offspring. [0323]
  • Methods for generating cells having targeted gene modifications through homologous recombination are known in the art (see, e.g., Chappel, U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,071; and PCT publication No. WO 91/06667, published May 16, 1991; U.S. Pat. No. 5,464,764; Capecchi et al., issued Nov. 7, 1995; U.S. Pat. No. 5,627,059, Capecchi et al. issued, May 6, 1997; U.S. Pat. No. 5,487,992, Capecchi et al., issued Jan. 30, 1996). Methods for constructing homologous recombination vectors and homologous recombinant animals are described further in Thomas and Capecchi, 1987, Cell 51: 503; Bradley, 1991, Curr. Opin. Bio/Technol. 2: 823-29; and PCT Publication Nos. WO 90/11354, WO 91/01140, and WO 93/04169. [0324]
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a PDE1B knockout mouse that is generated by: [0325]
  • (a) obtaining genomic DNA encoding a portion of PDE1B; [0326]
  • (b) constructing a vector containing said genomic DNA and a marker gene, wherein said marker gene is inserted into an exon of said genomic DNA; [0327]
  • (c) introducing said vector into mouse embryonic stem cells by electroporation; [0328]
  • (d) selecting a cell that has a disrupted PDE1B gene due to the integration of said vector into its genome by homologous recombination into the endogenous PDE1B gene; [0329]
  • (e) injecting said cell into a mouse blastocyst, thereby forming a chimeric blastocyst; [0330]
  • (f) implanting said resultant chimeric blastocyst into a pseudopregnant mouse [0331]
  • wherein said pseudopregnant mouse gives birth to a chimeric mouse containing a mutant PDE1B gene in its germ line; [0332]
  • (g) breeding said chimeric mouse to generate a heterozygous mouse comprising a disrupted PDE1B gene thereby generating a mouse heterozygous for said disrupted PDE1B gene; and [0333]
  • (h) mating together a male and a female mouse each heterozygous for said disrupted PDE1B gene and selecting progeny that are homozygous for said disrupted PDE1B gene. [0334]
  • In another embodiment, a mouse model of Parkinson's disease is used (Uhl et al., 1985, Lancet 1:956-57; Mokry, 1995, Experimental models and behavioral tests used in the study of Parkinson's Disease, Physiol. Res. 44: 143-50.; Du, 2001, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98: 14669-14674). Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of Parkinson's disease due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways. In an alternative embodiment, a rat model of Parkinson's disease is used. In a specific embodiment, rats are unilaterally (i.e. in one hemisphere) injected with 6-OHDA (6-hydroxydopamine; a dopaminergic neurotoxin) according to standard methods. The 6-OHDA is selectively taken up by dopaminergic neurons and kills the neurons. Such 6-OHDA-lesioned animals are considered an animal model of Parkinson's disease (see Section 6). [0335]
  • In another embodiment, a mouse model of schizophrenia is used (Sipes et al.,1995, 8-OH-DPAT disruption of prepulse inhibition in rats: reversal with (+)WAY 100,135 and localization of site of action, Psychopharmacology (Berl) 117(1):41-8; Cao et al., 2002, Brain Research 937: 32-40). Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of schizophrenia due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways. [0336]
  • In other embodiments, a rat model for attention-deficit disorder (ADD) or attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is used (see, e.g., Hansen et al., 1999, Alcohol responsiveness, hyperreactivity and motor restlessness in an animal model for attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, Psychopharmacology 146: 1-9; Russell, 2002, Behavioral Brain Res. 130: 191-196). Russell, for example, discloses a spontaneously hypertensive rat model that is a genetic model for ADHD. Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of ADHD due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways. [0337]
  • In another embodiment, a mouse model of pain is used (e.g., O'Callaghan et al., 1975, Quantification of the analgesic activity of narcotic antagonists by a modified hot-plate procedure, J. Pharmacol Exp Ther 192: 497-505; Guama et al., 2002, J. Neurochem. 80:271-277; Menendez et al., 2002, Unilateral hot plate test: a simple and sensitive method for detecting central and peripheral hyperalgesia in mice, J. Neurosci. Methods 113:91-97). Guarna et al. discloses a mouse model for acute thermonociception. Menendez et al. discloses a mouse model for central and peripheral hyperalgesia. Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of pain due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways. [0338]
  • In another embodiment, a rat model of addiction (e.g., cocaine addiction) is used (Caine and Koob, 1995, Pretreatment with the dopamine agonist 7-OH-DPAT shifts the cocaine self-administration dose-effect function to the left under different schedules in the rat, Behav. Pharmacol 6: 333-347; Orsini et al., 2002, Brain Research 925:133-140). Such a model animal system may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of drug abuse or addiction due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways. [0339]
  • In another embodiment, an animal or tissue model of epilepsy is used (see, e.g., Paschoa et al., 1997, Seizure patterns in kindling and cortical stimulation models of experimental epilepsy, Brain Res. 770: 221-227; Kokaia, 1995, Exper. Neurol. 133:215-224; Merlin, 1999, J. Neurophysiol. 82: 1078-1081; Merlin, 2001, J. Neurophysiol. 87:621-625). Kokaia (1995, Exper. Neurol. 133:215-224) discloses a mouse model of epilepsy. Merlin (1999, J. Neurophysiol. 82: 1078-1081; 2001, J. Neurophysiol. 87:621-625) discloses a guinea pig hippocampal slice model of epilepsy. Such model animal or tissue systems may be used to screen for compounds useful in the treatment of epilepsy due to their effect on dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathways. [0340]
  • In another embodiment, the animal model is a homozygous DARPP-32 knockout mouse (see U.S. Pat. No: 5,777,195, by Fienberg et al., issued Jul. 7, 1998; U.S. Pat. No. 6,013,621, by Nishi et al., issued Jan. 11, 2000; and Fienberg et al., 1998, Science 281:838-842; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In one embodiment, the homozygous DARPP-32 knockout mouse may be used, in an additional test or assay to validate or confirm that a candidate agent modulates PDE1B activity. In a specific embodiment, the validation may be carried out according to the methods described in Nishi et al. (U.S. Pat. No. 6,013,621, issued Jan. 11, 2000). When such an agent is identified that modulates the activity of PDE1B, the presence of, or administration of, the agent in the DARPP-32 knockout mouse should diminish the magnitude of activation of cAMP responsive element binding protein (CREB), AMPA receptor (e.g., GluR1 AMPA receptor), cAMP, cGMP, PKA, PKG, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase and NMDA receptor, relative to the absence or non-administration of the agent. [0341]
  • 5.6. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Formulations [0342]
  • The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions of the agents (or drugs or compounds) of the invention disclosed herein. The invention encompasses pharmaceutical compositions for regulating PDE1B activity, and for treating a disorder, including but not limited to a PDE1B-related and dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder. Because in certain embodiments, a decrease of normal function can result in the development of a phenotype of the above-listed diseases or disorders (e.g., Parkinson's disease), an increase in PDE1B activity, or activation of a downstream element in the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway facilitates amelioration of a symptom in individuals exhibiting a symptom of such a disorder. [0343]
  • In one aspect, the invention provides methods of administering an agent that can ameliorate a symptom of a PDE1B-related disorder or dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient or subject exhibiting the symptom. In certain embodiments, symptoms of a certain disorder (e.g., Parkinson's disease) may be ameliorated by decreasing levels of PDE1B activity. In other embodiments, symptoms of the disorder may be ameliorated by increasing levels of PDE1B activity. [0344]
  • The present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions of the agents, drugs or compounds of the invention disclosed hereinabove. The agent, drug or compound, or their physiologically acceptable salts or solvates, may be formulated for administration for injection, or for oral, topical, nasal, inhalation, insufflation (either through the mouth or the nose) buccal, parenteral, rectal administration or other forms of administration. The invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising effective amounts of an agent(s) of the invention together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, preservatives, solubilizers, emulsifiers, adjuvants, excipients and/or carriers. Such compositions include diluents of various buffer content (e.g., Tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate), pH and ionic strength; additives such as detergents and solubilizing agents (e.g., [0345] Tween 80, Polysorbate 80), anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite), preservatives (e.g., Thimerosal, benzyl alcohol) and bulking substances (e.g., lactose, mannitol).
  • The compositions may also be incorporated into particulate preparations of polymeric compounds such as polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, etc. or liposomes. Hyaluronic acid may also be used. Biocompatible absorbable polymers may be selected from the group consisting of aliphatic polyesters, copolymers and blends, which include, but are not limited to, homopolymers and copolymers of lactide (which include D-, L-, lactic acid and D-, L- and meso lactide), glycolide (including glycolic acid), epsilon-caprolactone, p-dioxanone (1,4-dioxan-2-one, which is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,052,988), alkyl substituted derivatives of p-dioxanone (i.e., 6,6-dimethyl-1,4-dioxan-2-one which is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,703,200), triethylene carbonate (1,3-dioxan-2-one), alkyl substituted derivatives of 1,3-dioxanone (which are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,412,068), delta-valerolactone, beta-butyrolactone, gamma-butyrolactone, epsilon-decala tone, hydroxybutyrate, hydroxyvalerate, 1,4-dioxepan-2-one (disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,052,988 and its [0346] dimer 1,5,8,12-tetraoxacyclotetradecane-7,14 dione), 1,5-dioxepan-2-one, and polymer blends thereof.
  • Such compositions may influence physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance of the present proteins and derivatives. See, e.g., Remington s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., (1990, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 18042) pages 1435-1712). The compositions may be prepared in liquid form, or be in dried powder, such as lyophilized form. [0347]
  • Contemplated for use herein are oral solid dosage forms, which are disclosed generally in Remington s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed.1990 (Mack Publishing Co. Easton Pa. 18042) at Chapter 89. Solid dosage forms include tablets, capsules, pills, troches or lozenges, cachets or pellets. Also, liposomal or proteinoid encapsulation may be used to formulate the present compositions (as, for example, proteinoid microspheres reported U.S. Pat. No. 4,925,673). Liposomal encapsulation may be used and the lipomes may be derivatized with various polymers (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556). A description of possible solid dosage forms for the therapeutic is given by Marshall, K. In: Modem Pharmaceutics Edited by G. S. Banker and C. T. [0348] Rhodes Chapter 10, 1979). In general, the formulation will include the agent and inert ingredients (which allow for protection against the stomach environment and release of the biologically active material in the intestine).
  • To ensure full gastric resistance a coating impermeable to at least pH 5.0 is useful. Examples of the more common inert ingredients that are used as enteric coatings are cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP), HPMCP 50, HPMCP 55, polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PVAP), Eudragit L30D, Aquateric, cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), Eudragit L, Eudragit S, and Shellac. These coatings may be used as mixed films. [0349]
  • A coating or mixture of coatings can also be used on tablets, which are not intended for protection against the stomach. This can include sugar coatings, or coatings that make the tablet easier to swallow. Capsules may consist of a hard shell (such as gelatin) for delivery of dry therapeutic, i.e., powder; for liquid forms, a soft gelatin shell may be used. The shell material of cachets may be thick starch or other edible paper. For pills, lozenges, molded tablets or tablet triturates, moist massing techniques can be used. [0350]
  • The therapeutic can be included in the formulation as fine multi-particulates in the form of granules or pellets. The formulation of the material for capsule administration can also be as a powder, lightly compressed plugs or even as tablets. The therapeutic can also be prepared by compression. [0351]
  • Colorants and flavoring agents may all be included. For example, the protein (or derivative) may be formulated (such as by liposome or microsphere encapsulation) and then further contained within an edible product, such as a refrigerated beverage containing colorants and flavoring agents. [0352]
  • One may dilute or increase the volume of the therapeutic with an inert material or filler. These diluents or fillers can include carbohydrates, especially mannitol, a-lactose, anhydrous lactose, cellulose (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose), sucrose, calcium hydrogen phosphate modified dextrans and starch. Certain inorganic salts may be also be used as fillers including calcium triphosphate, magnesium carbonate and sodium chloride. Some commercially available diluents are Fast-Flo, Emdex, STA-Rx 1500, Emcompress and Avicell. [0353]
  • Disintegrants may be included in the formulation of the therapeutic into a solid dosage form. Materials used as disintegrates include, but are not limited to, starch (e.g., potato starch or the commercial disintegrant based on starch, Explotab). Sodium starch glycolate, Amberlite, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ultramylopectin, sodium alginate, gelatin, orange peel, acid carboxymethyl cellulose, natural sponge and bentonite may all be used. Another form of the disintegrants are the insoluble cationic exchange resins. Powdered gums may be used as disintegrants and as binders and these can include powdered gums such as agar, Karaya or tragacanth. Alginic acid and its sodium salt are also useful as disintegrants. [0354]
  • Binders may be used to hold the therapeutic agent together to form a hard tablet and include materials from natural products such as acacia, tragacanth, starch (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch) and gelatin. Others include methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose (EC) and carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC). Polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) can both be used in alcoholic solutions to granulate the therapeutic. [0355]
  • An anti-frictional agent may be included in the formulation of the therapeutic to prevent sticking during the formulation process. Lubricants may be used as a layer between the therapeutic and the die wall, and these can include but are not limited to; stearic acid including its magnesium and calcium salts, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), liquid paraffin, vegetable oils and waxes, talc and silica. Soluble lubricants may also be used such as sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, polyethylene glycol of various molecular weights, [0356] Carbowax 4000 and 6000.
  • Glidants that can improve the flow properties of the drug during formulation and to aid rearrangement during compression can be added. The glidants can include starch, talc, pyrogenic silica and hydrated silicoaluminate. [0357]
  • To aid dissolution of the therapeutic into the aqueous environment a surfactant can be added as a wetting agent. Surfactants may include anionic detergents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate and dioctyl sodium sulfonate. Cationic detergents can be used and can include benzalkonium chloride or benzethomium chloride. The list of potential non-ionic detergents that can be included in the formulation as surfactants are lauromacrogol [0358] 400, polyoxyl 40 stearate, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil 10, 50 and 60, glycerol monostearate, polysorbate 40, 60, 65 and 80, sucrose fatty acid ester, methyl cellulose and carboxymethyl cellulose. These surfactants can be present in the formulation of the protein or derivative either alone or as a mixture in different ratios.
  • Additives that potentially enhance uptake of the agent are, for example, the fatty acids oleic acid, linoleic acid and linolenic acid. [0359]
  • Controlled release oral formulation may be desirable. The agent can be incorporated into an inert matrix that permits release by either diffusion or leaching mechanisms, e.g., gums. Slowly degenerating matrices may also be incorporated into the formulation. Some enteric coatings also have a delayed release effect. [0360]
  • Another form of a controlled release of this therapeutic is by a method based on the Oros therapeutic system (Alza Corp.), i.e. the drug is enclosed in a semipermeable membrane, which allows water to enter and to push the drug out through a single small opening due to osmotic effects. [0361]
  • Other coatings may be used for the formulation. These include a variety of sugars that can be applied in a coating pan. The therapeutic agent can also be given in a film coated tablet and the materials used in this instance are divided into two groups. The first are the nonenteric materials and include methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxy-ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl-methyl cellulose, sodium carboxy-methyl cellulose, providone and the polyethylene glycols. The second group consists of the enteric materials that are commonly esters of phthalic acid. [0362]
  • A mix of materials can be used to provide the optimum film coating. Film coating may be carried out in a pan-coater or in a fluidized bed or by compression coating. [0363]
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate. [0364]
  • Nasal delivery of the agent is also contemplated. Nasal delivery allows the passage of the protein to the blood stream directly after administering the therapeutic product to the nose, without the necessity for deposition of the product in the lung. Formulations for nasal delivery include those with dextran or cyclodextran. [0365]
  • For administration by inhalation, the compounds for use according to the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of e.g.,gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. [0366]
  • The compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use. [0367]
  • The compounds may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides. [0368]
  • In addition to the formulations disclosed previously, the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt. [0369]
  • The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device that may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. [0370]
  • 5.6.1. Dosage Determinations [0371]
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects. [0372]
  • The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. [0373]
  • 5.6.2. Routes of Administration [0374]
  • The component or components of a therapeutic composition of the invention may be introduced parenterally, topically, or transmucosally, e.g., orally, nasally, or rectally, or transdermally. Preferably, administration is parenteral, e.g., via intravenous injection, and also including, but not limited to, intra-arteriole, intramuscular, intradermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intraventricular, and intracranial administration. In preferred embodiments, the component or components of a therapeutic composition of the invention is introduced orally or parentally. [0375]
  • In preferred embodiments of the invention, an agent (or drug or compound) can cross and more preferably readily pass through the blood-brain barrier, which permits, e.g., oral, parenteral or intravenous administration. Alternatively, the agent can be modified or otherwise altered so that it can cross or be transported across the blood brain barrier. Many strategies known in the art are available for molecules crossing the blood-brain barrier, including but not limited to, increasing the hydrophobic nature of a molecule; introducing the molecule as a conjugate to a carrier, such as transferring, targeted to a receptor in the blood-brain barrier, or to docosahexaenoic acid etc. [0376]
  • In another embodiment, an agent of the present invention is administered via the standard procedure of drilling a small hole in the skull to administer the agent. [0377]
  • In another embodiment, the molecule can be administered intracranially or, more preferably, intraventricularly. In another embodiment, osmotic disruption of the blood-brain barrier can be used to effect delivery of agent to the brain (Nilaver et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:9829-9833 (1995)). In yet another embodiment, an agent can be administered in a liposome targeted to the blood-brain barrier. Administration of pharmaceutical agents in liposomes is known (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. pp. 317-327 and 353-365 (1989). All of such methods are envisioned in the present invention. [0378]
  • Although some predictions have been made concerning the ability of molecules to pass through the blood-brain barrier, these predictions are at best speculative. The rate and extent of entry of a compound into the brain are generally considered to be determined by partition coefficient, ionization constant(s), and molecular size. No single partition solvent system has emerged as a universally applicable model for brain penetration, although the octanol water system has received particular attention, and Hansch and coworkers have suggested that a partition coefficient in this system of about 100 is optimal for entry into the central nervous system (CNS) (Glave and Hansch, J. Pharm. Sci. 61:589 (1972); Hansch et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 76:663 (1987)). In practice, the octanol-water partition system only provides a qualitative indication of the capability of a compound to cross the blood-brain barrier. For example, comparisons between known histamine H2 receptor antagonists suggest that there is no such simple relationship between their brain penetration and octanol water partition coefficients (Young et al., J. Med. Chem. 31:656 (1988)). Other factors, besides the octanol-water partition influence the propensity to cross the blood-brain barrier. Comparison of the ability of histamine H2 receptor antagonists to cross the blood-brain barrier suggests that brain penetration may increase with decreasing over-all hydrogen binding ability of a compound (Young et al., J. Med. Chem. 31:656 (1988)). Begley et al. (J. Neurochem. 55:1221-1230 (1990)) herein incorporated by reference in its entirety, discloses the ability of cyclosporin A to cross the blood-brain barrier. Methodology as used by Begley et al. includes: (1) measuring the brain uptake index (BUI) with the equation for a tritiated agent compound: [0379]
  • BUI=[(brain [0380] 3H/brain 14C)/(injectate 3H/injectate 14C)]×100 where the 14C reference compound is 14C butanol or an analogous solvent; (2) Brain perfusion studies; (3) Intravenous bolus injection studies; and (4) Studies with cultured cerebral capillary endothelium.
  • In another embodiment, the therapeutic compound can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss: New York, pp. 317-327 and 353-365 (1989)). To reduce its systemic side effects, this may be a preferred method for introducing the agent. [0381]
  • In another embodiment, the therapeutic compound can be delivered in a controlled release system. For example, the agent may be administered using intravenous infusion, an implantable osmotic pump, a transdermal patch, liposomes, or other modes of administration. In one embodiment, a pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Press: Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley: New York (1984); Ranger and Peppas, J. Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61 (1983); see also Levy et al., Science 228:190 (1985); During et al., Ann. Neurol. 25:351 (1989); Howard et al., J. Neurosurg. 71:105 (1989)). In yet another embodiment, a controlled release system can be placed in proximity of the therapeutic target, i.e., the brain, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)). Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (Science 249:1527-1533 (1990)). [0382]
  • The following experimental examples are offered by way of illustration and not by way of limitation. [0383]
  • 6. EXAMPLE 1
  • Phosphodiesterase 1B (PDE1B) Knockout Mice Exhibit Exaggerated Locomotor Hyperactivity and DARPP-32 Phosphorylation in Response to Dopamine Agonists and Display Impaired Spatial Learning [0384]
  • This example demonstrates that enhancement of cyclic nucleotide signaling by inactivation of PDE1B-mediated cyclic nucleotide hydrolysis plays a significant role in dopaminergic function through the DARPP-32 and related transduction pathways. [0385]
  • Using homologous recombination, mice were generated that lacked phosphodiesterase-mediated (PDE1B) cyclic nucleotide hydrolyzing activity. PDE1B −/− (“null”) mice showed exaggerated hyperactivity after acute D-methamphetamine administration. Striatal slices from PDE1B −/− mice exhibited increased levels of phospho-Thr34 DARPP-32 and phospho-Ser845 GluR1 after dopamine D1 receptor agonist or forskolin stimulation. PDE1B −/− and PDE1B +/− (heterozygous) mice also exhibited Morris maze spatial-learning deficits. [0386]
  • 6.1. Materials and Methods [0387]
  • 6.1.1. PDE1B Knockout Mouse [0388]
  • Two overlapping clones, TRC2 and TRC4, corresponding to exons 2-13 of the PDE1B gene, were obtained by screening an I-129/SvJ Lambda Dash II mouse genomic library as described (Reed, T. R. et al. 1998. [0389] Mamm. Gen. 9:571-576). A 0.8 kb XbaI fragment containing exons 4 and 5 and a small portion of the multiple cloning site of pBluescript II KS(−) (Stratagene, Inc., La Jolla, Calif.) was blunt-end ligated into the BamHI site of the targeting vector. A 5 kb AccI/KpnI fragment containing genomic DNA 3′ of exon 9, including 2.4 kb of non-coding sequence 3′ to exon 13, was blunt-end ligated into the ClaI site of the targeting vector (see FIG. 1A). The targeting vector backbone pGKKOV has been described by Li et al. (1996. EMBO J. 15:714-724). This vector is derived from pBluescript II SK(+) with an HSV-TK selectable marker and a PGK-HPRT selectable marker inserted into the KpnI and HindIII sites, respectively, of the multiple cloning site. The orientation of inserts was determined by sequencing.
  • The targeting vector (50 μg) was linearized with NotI and electroplated into 9.3×10[0390] 6 E14TG2a embryonic stem (ES) cells. ES cells were plated in ten 100 cm tissue culture plates on 2.2×106 mitomycin C-treated mouse embryonic fibroblasts in 10 ml of DMEM per plate containing 15% ES cell qualified fetal calf serum (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.), 0.3 mM L-glutamine, 75,000 units of Pen/Strep, 60 units of LIF, and 0.009% β-mercaptoethanol supplemented with 2 μM Cytovene and 1X HAT (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) for the selection process. Following 5 days of selection, 302 ES cell clones were selected and expanded in 24 well plates. Clones were screened by Southern blot analysis. Cells from two positive clones were injected into C57B1/6 blastocysts and implanted into pseudopregnant females. Chimeric offspring were bred to C57B1/6 mice (Charles River, Wilmington, Mass.) to produce heterozygous offspring that were bred to C57B1/6 mice for two additional generations to give a total of 3 back-cross breedings. The offspring resulting from inter-breeding the F3 generation were used for behavioral testing.
  • For behavioral testing, nulliparous F[0391] 4 generation PDE1B-deficient mice and their wild-type litter mates were used. Animals used for biochemistry were the offspring of third and fourth generation backcrossing. Mice were ear-marked on post-natal day 7 (P7) and weighed weekly beginning on P7 and ending onP112. Tail biopsies were obtained on P21 or P42. Litters were weaned on P28. Mice were housed in cages, same gender in each cage, with 2 to 4 mice per cage. Individual mice were excluded from testing if there were no same gender litter mates or if visible ocular defects were present. All procedures were performed by the same experimenter who was blinded to genotypes until the end of the experiment.
  • 6.1.2. Southern Blot Analysis [0392]
  • Southern blot analysis was performed as described by Reed (1998, [0393] Mamm. Gen. 9:571-576) on StuI or NdeI/KpnI-digested DNA purified from ES cells or tail biopsies. Briefly, pre-hybridization and hybridization were performed at 65 C. in 1% SDS, 1 M NaCl, and 10% dextran sulfate. Blots were screened with a 347 bp PCR-generated probe corresponding to mouse PDE1B exon 3 and 164 bp of flanking intron sequence. PCR primers used were 5′-GACACTAAGTGGGTATAGCTGGGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 5) and 5′-GTGGGAATAAGTCTCAGGGTAGG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 6). Twenty-five ng of probe were radiolabeled with 32P-dCTP by random priming with the Prime-It II kit (Stratagene, Inc.), boiled with 5 mg/500 μl salmon sperm DNA for 5 minutes, and added to 30 ml of hybridization buffer. Blots were hybridized for 12-16 hours and the final post-hybridization wash was in 2×SSC+1% SDS at 65 C. The probe is outside of the targeted region of the PDE1B gene. Homologous recombination events resulted in size shifts from 3.7 to 2.2 kb (StuI) (see FIGS. 1A, B) and from 3.7 to 10.6 kb (NdeI/KpnI) (see FIG. 1A).
  • 6.1.3. Northern Blot Analysis [0394]
  • Total brain RNA was isolated using the TriReagent method (Molecular Research Center, Cincinnati, Ohio). RNA (10 μg) was fractionated on a 1% denaturing agarose gel and transferred for 24 hours onto a nylon membrane using 20×SSC. The blot was pre-hybridized in 10 ml of solution consisting of 50% formamide, 50 mM NaPO[0395] 4, 5×SSC, 5×Denhardt's, 0.5% SDS, and 1% glycine with 250 μl of 10 mg/ml salmon sperm DNA at 42 C for 4 hours. The blot was hybridized with 32P-labeled probe K-17, a 348 bp mouse partial PDE1B cDNA corresponding to the central catalytic domain as described by Repaske et al. (1992. J. Biol. Chem. 267:18683-18688). The probe was boiled for 5 minutes with 100 μl of 10 mg/ml salmon sperm DNA, added to 10 ml of the hybridization buffer of 50% formamide, 20 mM NaPO4, 5×SSC, 1× Denhardt's, 0.5% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate, and incubated at 42° C. for 21 hours. The final post-hybridization wash was in 0.1×SSC+0.1% SDS at 55° C.
  • 6.1.4. Determination of Locomotor Activity [0396]
  • On P50, P51, or P52, locomotor activity was measured in a 30.5 cm×30.5 cm Digiscan apparatus containing sixteen photo-detector-LED pairs along the X-axis and sixteen pairs along the Y-axis (Model RXY2Z, Accuscan Electronics, Columbus, Ohio). Pre-challenge activity was recorded in 3 minute intervals over a one hour period. Mice were challenged with a subcutaneous injection of 1 mg/kg d-methamphetamine hydrochloride (free base) mixed in saline to yield an injection volume of 5 ml/kg body weight and activity was recorded for an additional two hours at three minute intervals. Recording was done during the light cycle. Horizontal activity and total, center and margin distance were measured. [0397]
  • 6.1.5. Determination of Locomotor Activity and Learning Behaviors with a Morries Maze [0398]
  • On P50, all animals within a litter were administered four timed trials in a 15×244 cm straight water channel with a wire ladder at one end. The channel was constructed on PVC material and filled with 27 to 29° C. water at a depth of 35 cm. Subjects were placed in the channel at the opposite end from the ladder and given a maximum of 60 seconds to find the ladder and escape. These trials were used to measure swimming proficiency and motivation to escape from water prior to Morris water maze trials. Two litters of mice were excluded from further behavioral testing due to poor swimming performance. [0399]
  • The Morris water maze was used with modifications for mice (Upchurch, M. and J. M. Wehner. 1988. [0400] Behav. Gen. 18:55-68). The maze was a circular, stainless steel perimeter of 122 cm in diameter that was surrounded by an outer tank 162 cm in diameter. The inner perimeter was covered with flat white paint. The clear acrylic platform was 10×10 cm and submerged 1 cm below the surface of the water. White non-toxic paint was added to the water to camouflage the platform. Water temperature was maintained at 27 to 29° C. Litters were divided into two groups to balance for platform position. Testing began on P51 and continued for 18 days with 6 days each for hidden-platform acquisition and reversal (with platform moved to the opposite quadrant), and followed by cued learning. For hidden-platform acquisition, the platform was placed in the SE or NW quadrant and start positions (N, S, E, or W) were altered on every trial in a random sequence. Four trials were given each day with a maximum time limit of 60 seconds and inter-trial intervals of 30 seconds. Mice not finding the platform in 60 seconds were placed on the platform for the 30 second inter-trial interval. Probe trials (60 seconds) were given on day 3 before acquisition trials and day 6 after the last acquisition trial with the platform removed. For the reversal phase, the same procedure was followed with the platform shifted to the opposite quadrant. For cued learning, black curtains were drawn around the maze to obscure distal cues and the platform was marked by a black solid cylinder (5×7 cm) mounted on a 14 cm brass rod above the platform. Four trials per day were given with the platform and start positions randomly located for each trial. Mice were placed in a holding cage for the 30 second inter-trial interval while the platform was positioned for the next trial. Data were recorded for acquisition and reversal phases using a video tracking system (San Diego Instruments, San Diego, Calif.). Cued acquisition latencies were recorded with a hand-held timer and observed on a closed-circuit monitor.
  • 6.1.6. Olfactory Orientation [0401]
  • On P9, P11 and P13, all offspring in each litter were tested individually for olfactory orientation to their home cage scent as described previously (Acuff-Smith et al, 1992. [0402] Psychopharmacology 109:255-263). Each litter's home bedding was changed on P7. The bedding was not changed again until after testing was completed on P14 and was used each test day and then returned to the home cage. Prior to individual testing, pups were removed from the dam and placed in a holding cage on a heating pad to maintain body temperature.
  • 6.1.7. Preparation and Treatment of Striatal Slices [0403]
  • Neostriatal slices were prepared from male C57/BL6 mice (6-8 weeks old) in accordance with methods known in the art (Nishi, A. et al. 1997. [0404] J Neurosci. 17:8147-8155).
  • Male PDE1B −/− (null) and WT mice (8-12 weeks of age) were decapitated. The brain was transferred rapidly to an ice-cold surface, blocked, and fixed to the cutting surface of a Vibratome (Ted Pella, Redding, Calif.) maintained at 4° C. The brain was submersed in cold, oxygenated (95% 02/5% CO[0405] 2) Krebs' bicarbonate buffer of the following composition (in mM): 125 NaCl, 5KCl, 26 NaHCO3, 1.5 CaCl2, 1.5 MgSO4, and 10 glucose, pH 7.4. Coronal mouse brain sections (400 μm in thickness) were cut and pooled in cold buffer. Striatal or nucleus accumbens slices were cut from the coronal sections under a dissecting microscope. Individual slices were preincubated in fresh buffer for 15 min at 30° C.; the buffer was replaced, and preincubation continued for an additional 30 min. At the end of this second preincubation period the buffer was replaced with Krebs' buffer or buffer containing test substances for 5 min. Slices were frozen immediately in liquid nitrogen and stored at −80° C. until assayed.
  • Immunoblotting [0406]
  • Frozen slices were sonicated in homogenization buffer containing 1% SDS. Small aliquots of the homogenate were retained for protein determination by standard assays using bovine serum albumin as the standard. Equal amounts of protein (50 μg) were loaded onto 10% acrylamide gels, separated by SDS/PAGE, and transferred to nitrocellulose membranes by a method described by Tobin et al. (1979. [0407] Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76:4350-4354). Membranes were immunoblotted with the following antibodies: an antiserum detecting the Ser845-phosphorylated form of GluR1 (Kameyama, K. et al. 1998. Neuron 21:1163-1175), an antiserum detecting the C-terminal region of GluR1 irrespective of phosphorylation state (Pharmingen, Inc.), mAb23 which is a phosphorylation-specific antibody detecting a DARPP-32 peptide containing phospho-Thr34 (Snyder, G. L. et al. 1992. J. Neurosci. 12:3071-3083), the site phosphorylated by PKA, or C24-5a which is a monoclonal antibody detecting DARPP-32 irrespective of phosphorylation state (Hemmings, H. C. and P. Greengard. 1986. J. Neurosci. 6:1469-1481).
  • Antibody binding was revealed by incubation with either a goat anti-rabbit horseradish peroxidase-linked TgG or a goat anti-mouse horseradish peroxidase-linked IgG and the ECL immunoblotting detection system (Amersham Biosciences). Chemiluminescence was detected by autoradiography and bands were quantified by analysis of scanned images using NIH Image 1.52 software. Because the linear range for quantitation of ECL signals by densitometry is limited, several film exposures were obtained for each set of samples to insure that the signals were within a density range that allowed for accurate quantitation. [0408]
  • 6.1.9. Statistical Methods [0409]
  • Data were analyzed via ANOVA (general linear model). For data that had repeated measure components, split plot ANOVAs were used, with day and trial treated as within-subject factors in the analyses (Kirk, 1995). Data were averaged within a litter for each genotype having more than one subject of the same gender (Holson and Pearce, 1992). Significant interactions were analyzed further by using simple-effect ANOVA. A posteriori group comparisons were performed by the method of Duncan. Analyses for time-dependent interactions were performed on activity data, using trend analyses by orthogonal decomposition. χ[0410] 2 was used to analyze whether the proportion of mice of each genotype matched predicted Mendelian ratios. Neostriatal slice data were analyzed by a Mann-Whitney U test, as indicated, with significance defined as p<0.05.
  • 6.2. Results and Discussion [0411]
  • A mouse model was developed wherein the PDE1B enzyme was rendered inactive by targeted disruption of the catalytic domain. These “knockout” mice were used in studies to identify the functional significance of PDE1B activity in vivo in brain. To generate the mice deficient in PDE1B activity, a targeting vector was constructed in order to disrupt the sequences encoding the PDE1B catalytic domain in mouse embryonic stem cell genomic DNA by homologous recombination (FIG. 1A). Of the 302 embryonic stem cell colonies that survived HAT and Cytovene selection, 26 were analyzed by Southern blot using a probe corresponding to [0412] PDE1B exon 3 and the flanking intron sequence. The disrupted gene was present in 9 of the clones.
  • Two recombinant embryonic stem cell lines were microinjected into day E3.5 C57B1/6 blastocysts and implanted in pseudopregnant females. Twenty-eight chimeras were generated (17 males and 11 females) and 8 or 29% from one embryonic stem cell line demonstrated germline transmission when bred to C57B1/6 mice. Third generation heterozygous mice were interbred resulting in 178 wild-type mice (27%), 309 heterozygous mice (47%), 157 PDE1B null mice (24%) and 13 mice that died before being genotyped (2%). These proportions did not differ significantly from the expected Mendelian ratio of 1:2:1 by 2 analysis. A Southern blot demonstrating F4 genotypes is shown in FIG. 1B. [0413]
  • The physical appearance and general behavior of PDE1B null and heterozygous mice was identical to that of the wild-type litter mates. There were no significant differences in either pre-weaning or post-weaning weights among the three genotypes. More PDE1B null mice (6%) and heterozygous mice (6%) died within one week following birth compared to wild-type mice (2%). A Northern blot analysis of total brain RNA probed with K-17, a 348 base pair mouse partial PDE1B cDNA within the targeted domain (Repaske, D. R. et al. 1992. [0414] J. Biol. Chem. 267:18683-18688), demonstrated a reduction in PDE1B mRNA in the heterozygous mice and the absence of PDE1B mRNA in the null mice, confirming the successful production of knockout mice for the PDE1B gene (FIG. IC). Further, the PDE1B mRNA levels were decreased in the mice with no apparent upregulation of the normal allele in the heterozygous mice. Immunoprecipitation of PDE1B from whole mouse brain demonstrated absence of PDE1B enzymatic activity in the null mice when assayed for cAMP hydrolysis. The heterozygote mice demonstrated 50% of the activity level seen in wild-type mice.
  • In order to examine the functional significance of the PDE1B gene and its expression in brain tissue, the locomotor activity of the knockout mice was studied using a series of standard locomotor activity tests in mice, tests that are used routinely to define effects of test conditions or therapeutics on locomotion and then to extrapolate the results to expected results in humans. Such tests are a standard part of the drug development process. [0415]
  • Both exploratory and methamphetamine-stimulated activity were studied in null (knockout), heterozygous, and wild-type mice. The predominant effect of genotype was observed on horizontal locomotor activity where there were significant differences among the mice in terms of both pre-challenge exploratory activity and post-challenge exploratory activity. There was also a significant genotype by interval interaction observed both pre-challenge and post-challenge for horizontal activity tests. ANOVA analysis revealed that pre-challenge, heterozygous mice showed activity levels comparable to that of the wild-type mice (FIG. 2), whereas PDE1B null mice (knockout mice) exhibited significantly more exploratory behavior, especially during the first 30 minutes of the test period. From 30 to 60 minutes, the PDE1B null mice habituated towards wild-type activity levels but still remained slightly more active. ANOVA analysis and group comparisons of post-challenge horizontal activity revealed that the heterozygous mice were slightly, though not significantly different from wild-type mice in terms of activity levels. In contrast, PDE1B null mice were significantly more active than wild-type mice. The stimulated hyperactivity response lasted for 90 minutes after methamphetamine treatment. This can be seen in FIG. 2 by the sharper rise in activity over the same time period in PDE1B −/− mice after METH than occurred in WT mice. [0416]
  • In order to determine if the stimulated response of the PDE1B null mice was qualitatively as well as quantitatively different from the control, wild-type mouse response, a trend analysis using orthogonal decomposition was performed. Null to wild-type comparisons showed significant linear, quadratic, and cubic trends for the genotype by interval interaction; heterozygous to wild-type interactions did not show any significant effects. In the null to wild-type comparison, the quadratic trend best fit the data, revealing that the null mice were not only more active but also had a greater rate of change than the wild-type mice in response to methamphetamine, indicating a faster rate of response in the mice. [0417]
  • When the endpoint of total distance was examined, the same pattern of responses as were seen with horizontal activity resulted. As with the measures of horizontal activity, there was a significant main effect of genotype both pre-challenge and post-challenge. PDE1B null mice traveled greater total distances as compared to wild-type mice in both the pre-challenge and post-challenge periods. A genotype by interval interaction was also observed for both pre-challenge and post-challenge and the pattern was identical to that seen with horizontal activity measures. There was one difference in the results identified for measures of total activity as compared to the results of horizontal activity. This was that there was a genotype by sex interaction seen in the pre-challenge period. Null females only showed a hyperactive response in terms of total activity while null males did not exhibit a significant increase in total activity pre-challenge (FIG. 3). However, after methamphetamine challenge, both null males and females showed stimulated hyperactivity as compared to wild-type mice. There appeared to be a slightly greater total response in male null mice, although the results were not statistically significant. Male heterozygous mice also showed an intermediate response to methamphetamine challenge that although not statistically different from male wild-type mice suggested a subtle gene-dose effect. Distance data were further analyzed in terms of central and margin activity; both analyses showed the same significant effects and interactions as were observed with measures of total distance. [0418]
  • Next, locomotor activity was tested in straight channel and cued acquisition of a Morris water maze. In the straight channel trials, used to determine swimming performance, there were no significant differences observed among the three genotypes, with all mice demonstrating equal swimming ability and motivation to escape. Similarly, there were no main effects or interactions found for cued learning when proximal cues were present and distal cues removed from the Morris water maze. [0419]
  • Spatial learning and memory were then tested in a hidden platform Morris water maze test. The results showed that in acquisition of the Morris water maze, both heterozygous mice and PDE1B null mice had significantly longer path length than wild-type mice (FIG. 5A). A significant day by genotype by platform interaction was also found. Although wild-type mice tested with the platform in both quadrants had shorter path length than heterozygous or PDE1B null mice, the interaction was the product of the fact that the effect was larger on [0420] days 3 through 6 (in the southeast quadrant). A significant trial by genotype by sex effects on path length was also observed but the contribution of gender appeared to be minor. The same pattern was seen when latency was examined. As with the other measures, the effect was larger for one goal quadrant than the other (the southeast). The null and heterozygous mice had significantly longer latencies than wild-type mice on days 3 and 4. A trial by genotype by sex interaction was observed, but as before the contribution of sex was minor.
  • When the learning curves for the test were examined, the patterns for cumulative distance and latency were similar among groups (FIGS. 5 and 6). All groups showed similar performance on [0421] day 1, indicating that no pre-existing performance differences among the genotypes was present. On subsequent days, wild-type mice showed steady improvement, requiring shorter paths to the goal on each successive day of testing. Null and heterozygous mice, in contrast, showed less improvement each day than their wild-type controls, resulting in significant differences on test days 3 through 6. Even after 24 trials on day 6, null and heterozygous mice were not performing comparably to wild-type mice.
  • Probe trial measurements of path length and dwell time in the target zone were analyzed two ways. First, these data were analyzed by annuli: one annulus containing the target platform sites, one outside the outer edge of the platform and one inside the inner edge of the platform. Secondly, probe trial data were analyzed by dividing the maze into four equal quadrants. Overall, null and heterozygous mice swam significantly less in the target annulus than wild-type mice (FIG. 7A). A significant genotype by platform position interaction was found in both the target annulus and the outer annulus. Again, null mice and heterozygous mice swam less in the target annulus, an effect that was most pronounced in the southeast condition as compared to wild-type mice. Conversely, null mice and heterozygous mice swam significantly more in the outer annulus than wild-type mice (FIG. 7B). No significant difference was found in path length within the inner annulus, dwell times, or platform crossings. A significant interaction of day by genotype by platform position was found for average distance from the target in which heterozygous mice were significantly farther from the target site than wild-type mice. In addition, heterozygous mice had significantly shorter dwell times than wild-type mice. There were no differences in time or distance due to quadrants. [0422]
  • For reversal testing, no significant differences were found for the measures of path length or cumulative distance. A trial by genotype interaction was observed for latency in which the null mice had significantly longer latencies than wild-type mice on trial 24 of the testing. No significant differences were found on reversal probe trials. In addition, no significant differences were found among the three genotypes in terms of olfactory orientation. [0423]
  • Experiments were then performed to determine whether mice lacking the PDE1B gene (PDE1B null mice) would exhibit functional enhancement of PKA-mediated protein phosphorylation. Striatal brain slices were prepared from male wild-type and male PDE1B null mice. The slices were then exposed to a dopamine D1-type receptor agonist, SKF81297 (10 μM), for 10 minutes. The effect of treatment on phosphorylation of DARPP-32 at Thr34 and the GluR1 AMPA receptor at Ser845 was measured using phosphorylation state-specific antibodies (FIGS. [0424] 4C, D); these substrates have been shown to be regulated by activation of D1 receptors and PKA (Greengard, P. et al. 1999. Neuron 23:435-447). Dopamine receptor agonist treatment increased levels of phospho-Thr34 DARPP-32 by 4 to 5 fold in striatal slices of wild-type mice as compared to control mice (no treatment with agonist), while agonist treatment increased levels of phospho-Ser845 also by 4 to 5 fold as compared to controls (no treatment with agonist) (FIG. 4D). When striatal slices from wild-type mice and PDE1B null mice were treated with D1 receptor agonist, levels of both phospho-Thr34 and phospho-Ser845 were significantly increased in PDE1B null mice as compared to controls (15-fold increase for phospho-Thr34 and 13-fold increase for phospho-Ser845) (FIG. 4D). In addition, there was an enhanced D1-mediated phosphorylation observed in nucleus accumbens slices from PDE1B null mice as compared to wild-type mice. Interestingly, there were no significant differences in basal levels of phospho-Thr34, phospho-Ser845, or total levels of DARPP-32 or GluR1 when untreated striatal (FIG. 4C) or accumbens slices from PDE1B null mice were compared with striatal or accumbens slices from wild-type mice.
  • Forskolin (10 μM), a direct activator of adenylyl cyclase, also was used to increase cAMP levels in striatal slices from PDE1B null and wild-type mice (FIG. 4A). Forskolin treatment induced a significantly greater increase in levels of phospho-Thr34 DARPP-32 and phospho-Ser845 GluR1 in striatal slices from PDE1B null mice (65-fold increase) when compared with wild-type mice (21-fold increase) (FIG. 4B). [0425]
  • These data have demonstrated that mice lacking PDE1B activity have significantly increased spontaneous and methamphetamine-induced locomotor activity as compared to wild-type and heterozygous mice. The biochemical data presented demonstrate that these alterations in PDE1B-deficient mouse behavior are likely a consequence of disruption of striatal pathways in brain, pathways that are the predominant regulators of locomotor activity in animals, including humans. The behavioral changes observed in the PDE1B-deficient mice were observed in response to a novel environment (exploration) and in response to an acute drug challenge (methamphetamine). In addition, the data showed that PDE1B-deficient mice habituated to the environment before being given the methamphetamine challenge as shown by the fact that there was no significant difference from wild-type animals in the last 15 minutes of the pre-challenge period. Thus, the PDE1B-deficient mice showed an increased level of activity in response to methamphetamine challenge that was not due to previous pre-challenge activity levels. [0426]
  • It is well-established that locomotor activity is a standard method for testing the effects of neurotoxicants and psychostimulants. Many drugs, such as cocaine and amphetamines have been shown to affect locomotor activity through regulation of dopaminergic signaling in the brain (Traficante, L. et al. 1976. [0427] Life Sci. 19:1061-1066). These drugs are known to bind to the dopamine transporter in brain, which results in dopamine overflow and increased ligand binding to dopamine receptors, which in turn results in activation of adenylyl cyclase and an increase in intracellular levels of cAMP (Giros, B. et al. 1996. Nature 379: 606-612). Increased intracellular levels of cAMP in turn activate PKA to phosphorylate cellular proteins including proteins such as DARPP-32 and CREB (Cunningham, S. and A. Kelley. 1993. J. Neurosci. 13:2342-2350; Konradi, C. et al. 1994. J. Neurosci. 14:5623-5634; Misrendino, M. and E Nestler. 1995. Brain Res. 674:299-306). Dopamine binding to D1 receptors also increases intracellular levels of cGMP and leads to activation of PKG and phosphorylation of DARPP-32 as well as other proteins (Altar, C. et al. 1990. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 181:17-21; Tsou, K. et al. 1993. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:3462-3465). Alterations of this pathway cause changes in levels of locomotor activity as has been shown in numerous studies involving mice lacking dopamine, dopamine receptors, dopamine transporter, or DARPP-32.
  • With the present data showing that PDE1B-deficient (null) mice had increased levels of activity in comparison to wild-type mice and even greater increases in activity with an acute methamphetamine challenge, as well as the biochemical data, it is demonstrated that by removing PDE1B cyclic nucleotide hydrolyzing ability, the magnitude and duration of dopamine receptor-generated increases in cyclic nucleotides has been increased. [0428]
  • Considered together, these data have demonstrated that PDE1B activity is involved in locomotion through activity in the striatal pathways of the brain, as well as in learning. The significant effects seen in PDE1B-deficient mice indicate that PDE1B is an important regulator of locomotor activity as well as learning in the brain. The biochemical data demonstrating that basal phosphorylation is unaffected in PDE1B knockout mice, while D1 receptor-mediated phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and GluR1 was enhanced in the PDE1B-deficient or knockout mice supports the finding that PDE1B is involved in learning and locomotion through alterations of the PDE1B signaling pathway. [0429]
  • Based on the understanding that PDE1B has a role in dopamine signaling in the brain, specifically in areas known to be associated with locomotion and learning, according to the present invention, PDE1B represents a novel target for development of new drugs that could be used to treat a variety of diseases that would include, but not be limited to, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, attention deficit disorder (ADD), attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), neurodegenerative disorder, Tourette's syndrome, tic disorder, Lesch-Nyans disease, pain, dystonias, substance or drug abuse, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, depression, affective disorder, manic-depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorder, emesis, panic disorder, anxiety disorder, migraine, myoclonus, premenstrual syndrome (PMS), post-traumatic stress syndrome, carcinoid syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, epilepsy, sleep or circadian rhythm disorder (e.g., insomnia), sexual disorder, stress disorder, hypertension and cancer. [0430]
  • 6.3. References [0431]
  • Abel T, Nguygen P V, Barad M, Deuel T A, Kandel E R, Bourtchuladze R (1997) Genetic demonstration of a role for PKA in the late phase of LTP, in hippocampus-based long-term memory. Cell 88:615-626. [0432]
  • Acuff-Smith K D, George M, Lorens S A, Vorhees C V (1992) Preliminary evidence for methamphetamine-induced behavioral and ocular effects in rat offspring following exposure during early organogenesis. Psychopharmacology 109:255-263. [0433]
  • Altar C, Boyar W, Kim H (1990) Discriminatory roles for D1 and D2 dopamine receptor subtypes in the in vivo control of neostriatal cyclic GMP. Eur J Pharmacol 181:17-21. [0434]
  • Bach M E, Hawkins R D, Osman M, Kandel E R, Mayford M (1995) Impairment of spatial but not contextual memory in CaMKII mutant mice with selective loss of hippocampal LTP in the range of the theta frequency. Cell 81 :905-915. [0435]
  • Balk J- H, Picetti R, Salardi A, Thirlet G, Dierich A, Depaulis A, LeMeur M, Borrelli E (1995) Parkinsonian-like locomotor impairment in mice lacking dopamine D2 receptors. Nature [0436] 377:424-428.
  • Borisy F F, Ronnett G V, Cunningham A M, Julifs D, Beavo J A, Snyder S H (1992) Calcium/calmodulin-activated phosphodiesterase expressed in olfactory receptor neurons. J Neurosci 12:915-923. [0437]
  • Bourtchuladze R, Frenguelli B, Blendy J, Cioffi D, Schutz G, Silva A J (1994) Deficient long-term memory in mice with a targeted mutation of the cAMP-responsive element-binding protein. Cell 79:59-68. [0438]
  • Cunningham S, Kelley A (1993) Hyperactivity and sensitization to psychostimulants following cholera toxin infusion into the nucleus accumbens. J Neurosci 13:2342-2350. [0439]
  • Davis R L, Cherry J, Dauwalder B, Han P- L, Skoulakis E (1995) The cyclic AMP system and Drosophila learning. Mol Cell Biochem 149-150:271-278. [0440]
  • Devan B D, White N M (1999) Parallel information processing in the dorsal striatum: relation to hippocampal function. J Neurosci 19:2789-2798. [0441]
  • Devan B D, Goad E H, Petri H L (1996) Dissociation of hippocampal and striatal contributions to spatial navigation in the water maze. Neurobiol Learn Mem 66:305-323. [0442]
  • Devan B D, McDonald R J, White N M (1999) Effects of medial and lateral caudate-putamen lesions on place- and cue-guided behaviors in the water maze: relation to thigmotaxis. Behav Brain Res 100:5-14. [0443]
  • D'Hooge R, De Deyn P P (2001) Applications of the Morris water maze in the study of learning and memory. Brain Res Rev 36:60-90. [0444]
  • Drago J, Gerfen C, Lachowicz J, Steiner H, Hollon T, Love P, Ooi G, Grinberg A, Lee E, Huang S, Bartlett P, Jose P, Sibley D, Westphal H (1994) Altered striatal function in a mutant mouse lacking D1A dopamine receptors. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 91:12564-12568. [0445]
  • Engels P, Abdel'Al S, Hulley P, Lubbert H (1995) Brain distribution of four rat homologues of the Drosophila dunce cAMP phosphodiesterase. J Neurosci Res 41:169-178. [0446]
  • Erneux C, VanSande J, Miot F, Cochaux P, Decoster C, Dumont J (1985) A mechanism in the control of intracellular cAMP level: the activation of a calmodulin-sensitive phosphodiesterase by a rise of intracellular free calcium. Cell Endocrinol 43:123-134. [0447]
  • Fienberg A A, Hiroi N, Mermelstein P G, Song W J, Snyder G L, Nishi A, Cheramy A, O'Callaghan J P, Miller D B, Cole D G, Corbett R, Haile C N, Cooper D C, Onn S P, Grace A A, Ouimet C C, White F J, Hyman S E, Surmeier D J, Girault J- A, et al (1998) DARPP-32: regulator of the efficacy of dopaminergic neurotransmission. Science 281:838-842. [0448]
  • Furtado J C S, Mazurek M F (1996) Behavioral characterization of quinolinate-induced lesions of the medial striatum: relevance for Huntington's disease. Exp Neurol 138:158-168. [0449]
  • Furuyama T, Iwashashi Y, Tano Y, Takagi H, Inahaki S (1994) Localization of 63 kDa calmodulin-stimulated phosphodiesterase mRNA in the rat brain by in situ hybridization histochemistry. Mol Brain Res 26:331-336. [0450]
  • Gally J A, Montague P R, Reeke G N J, Edelman G M (1990) The NO hypothesis: possible effects of a short-lived, rapidly diffusible signal in the development and function of the nervous system. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87:3547-3551. [0451]
  • Garthwaite J (1991) Glutamate, nitric oxide, and cell-cell signaling in the nervous system. Trends Neurosci 14:60-67. [0452]
  • Giros B, Jaber M, Jones S R, Wightman R M, Caron M G (1996) Hyperlocomotion and indifference to cocaine and amphetamine in mice lacking the dopamine transporter. Nature 379:606-612. [0453]
  • Greengard P, Allen P B, Naim A C (1999) Beyond the dopamine receptor: the DARPP-32/protein phosphatase-1 cascade. Neuron 23:435-447. [0454]
  • Guzowski J F, McGaugh J L (1997) Antisense oligodeoxynucleotide mediated disruption of hippocampal cAMP response element binding protein levels impairs consolidation of memory for water maze training. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94:2693-2698. [0455]
  • Hemmings H C, Greengard P (1986) DARPP-32, a dopamine- and adenosine 3:5 -monophosphate-regulated phosphoprotein: regional, tissue, and phylogenetic distribution. J Neurosci 6:1469-1481. [0456]
  • Hiroi N, Fienberg A, Haile C, Alburges M, Hanson G, Greengard P, Nestler E (1999) Neuronal and behavioural abnormalities in striatal function in DARPP-32 mutant mice. Eur J Neurosci 11:1114-1118. [0457]
  • Holson R R, Pearce B (1992) Principles and pitfalls in the analysis of prenatal treatment effects in multiparous species. Neurotoxicol Teratol 14:221-228. [0458]
  • Houslay M D, Sullivan M, Bolger G B (1998) The multienzyme PDE4 cyclic adenosine monophosphate-specific phosphodiesterase family: intracellular targeting, regulation, and selective inhibition by compounds exerting anti-inflammatory and antidepressant actions. Adv Pharmacol 44:225-342. [0459]
  • Jarrard L E (1993) On the role of the hippocampus in learning and memory in the rat. Behav Neural Biol 60:9-26. [0460]
  • Kameyama T, Lee H- K, Bear M F, Huganir R L (1998) Involvement of a postsynaptic protein kinase A substrate in the expression of homosynaptic long-term depression. Neuron 21:1163-1175. [0461]
  • Kirk R E (1995) Experimental design: procedures for the behavioral sciences. Pacific Grove, Calif.: Brooks/Cole. [0462]
  • Ko G Y, Kelly P T (1999) Nitric oxide acts as a postsynaptic signaling molecule in calcium/calmodulin-induced synaptic potentiation in hippocampal CA1 pyramidal neurons. J Neurosci 19:6784-6794. [0463]
  • Konradi C, Cole R, Heckers S, Hyman S (1994) Amphetamine regulates gene expression in rat striatum via transcription factor CREB. J Neurosci 14:5623-5634. [0464]
  • Kotter R (1994) Postsynaptic integration of glutamatergic and dopaminergic signals in the striatum. Prog Neurobiol 44:163-196. [0465]
  • Krinks M, Haiech J, Rhoads A, Klee C (1984) Reversible and irreversible activation of cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase: separation of the regulatory and catalytic domains by limited proteolysis. In: Advances in cyclic nucleotide and protein phosphorylation research (Strada S J, Thompson W, eds), pp 31-47. New York: Raven. [0466]
  • Laemmli U K (1970) Cleavage of structural proteins during the assembly of the head of bacteriophage T4. Nature 227:680-685. [0467]
  • Lal S, Sharma R K, McGregor C, Macaulay R I B (1999) Immunohistochemical localization of calmodulin-dependent cyclic phosphodiesterase in the human brain. Neurochem Res 24:43-49. [0468]
  • Li H, Zeitler P S, Valerius M T, Small K, Potter S S (1996) GsH-1, an orphan Hox gene, is regulated for normal pituitary development. EMBO J 15:714-724. [0469]
  • Livingstone M S, Sziber P P, Quinn W G (1984) Loss of calcium/calmodulin responsiveness in adenylate cyclase of rutabaga, a Drosophila learning mutant. Cell 37:205-215. [0470]
  • Ludvig N, Burkmeister V, Jobe P C, Kincaid R L (1991) Electron microscopic immunocytochemical evidence that the calmodulin-dependent cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase is localized predominantly at postsynaptic sites in the rat brain. Neuroscience 44:491-500. [0471]
  • Malenka R C, Nicoll R A (1999) Long-term potentiation-a decade of progress? Science 285:1870-1874. [0472]
  • Mansuy I M, Mayford M, Jacob B, Kandel E R, Bach M E (1998) Restricted and regulated overexpression reveals calcineurin as a key component in the transition from short-term to long-term memory. Cell 92:39-49. [0473]
  • Mayer B, Koesling D, Bohme E (1993) Characterization of nitric oxide synthase, soluble guanylyl cyclase, and C2 /calmodulin-stimulated cGMP phosphodiesterase as components of neuronal signal transduction. In: Advances in second messenger phosphodiesterase research (Brown B L, Dobson P R M, eds), pp 111-119. New York: Raven. [0474]
  • Mayford M, Wang J, Kandel E R, O'Dell T J (1995) CaMKII regulates the frequency-response function of hippocampal synapses for the production of both LTD, LTP. Cell 81:891-904. [0475]
  • Miserendino M, Nestler E (1995) Behavioral sensitization to cocaine: modulation by the cyclic AMP system in the nucleus accumbens. Brain Res 674:299-306. [0476]
  • Monsma F, Mahan L, McVittie L, Gerfen C, Sibley D (1990) Molecular cloning and expression of a D1 dopamine receptor linked to adenylyl cyclase activation. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87:6723-6727. [0477]
  • Polli J W, Kincaid R L (1994) Expression of a calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterase isoform (PDE1B1) correlates with brain regions having extensive dopaminergic innervation. J Neurosci 14:1251-1261. [0478]
  • Qui Y, Davis R L (1993) Genetic dissection of the learning/memory gene dunce of Drosophila melanogaster. Genes Dev 7:1447-1458. [0479]
  • Rafales L (1986) Assessment of locomotor activity. In: Neurobehavioral toxicology (Annau Z, ed), pp 54-68. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP. [0480]
  • Reed T M, Browning J E, Blough R I, Vorhees C V, Repaske D R (1998) Genomic structure and chromosome location of the murine PDE1B phosphodiesterase gene. Mamm Genome 9:571-576. [0481]
  • Repaske D R, Swinnen J V, Jin S- L, VanWyk J J, Conti M (1992) A polymerase chain reaction strategy to identify and clone cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase cDNAs. J Biol Chem 267:18683-18688. [0482]
  • Saucier D, Hargreaves E L, Boon F, Vanderwolf C H, Cain D P (1996) Detailed behavioral analysis of water maze acquisition under systemic NMDA or muscarinic antagonism: nonspatial pretraining eliminates spatial learning deficits. Behav Neurosci 110:103-116. [0483]
  • Schenk F (1985) Development of place navigation in rats from weaning to puberty. Behav Neural Biol 43:69-85. [0484]
  • Sharma R K, Wang J (1985) Differential regulation of bovine brain calmodulin-dependent cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase isoenzymes by cyclic AMP-dependent protein kinase and calmodulin-dependent phosphatase. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 82:2603-2607. [0485]
  • Sharma R K, Wang J (1986) Calmodulin and Ca 2 -dependent phosphorylation and dephosphorylation of 63 kDa subunit containing bovine brain calmodulin-stimulated cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase isozyme. J Biol Chem 261:1322-1328. [0486]
  • Skoulakis E M C, Kalderon D, Davis R L (1993) Preferential expression in mushroom bodies of the catalytic subunit of protein kinase A, its role in learning and memory. Neuron 11:197-208. [0487]
  • Snyder G L, Girault J- A, Chen J Y C, Czemik A J, Kebabian J W, Nathanson J A, Greengard P (1992) Phosphorylation of DARPP-32 and protein phosphatase inhibitor-1 in rat choroid plexus: regulation by factors other than dopamine. J Neurosci 12:3071-3083. [0488]
  • Snyder G L, Fienberg A A, Huganir R L, Greengard P (1998) A dopamine/D1 receptor/protein kinase A/dopamine- and cAMP-regulated phosphorylation ([0489] Mr 32 kDa)/protein phosphatase-1 pathway regulates dephosphorylation of the NMDA receptor. J Neurosci 18:10297-10303.
  • Soderling S H, Bayuga S J, Beavo J A (1999) Isolation and characterization of a dual-substrate phosphodiesterase gene family: PDE10A. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96:7071-7076. [0490]
  • Surmeier D J, Bargas J, Hemmings H C, Naim A C, Greengard P (1995) Modulation of calcium currents by a D1 dopaminergic protein kinase/phosphatase cascade in rat neostriatal neurons. Neuron 14:385-397. [0491]
  • Towbin H, Staehlin T, Gordon J (1979) Electrophoretic transfer of proteins from polyacrylamide gels to nitrocellulose sheets: procedure and some applications. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 76:4350-4354. [0492]
  • Traficante L, Friedman E, Oleshansky M, Gerson S (1976) Dopaminesensitive adenylate cyclase and cAMP phosphodiesterase in substantia nigra and corpus striatum of rat brain. Life Sci 19:1061-1066. [0493]
  • Tsou K, Snyder G, Greengard P (1993) Nitric oxide/cGMP pathway stimulates phosphorylation of DARPP-32, a dopamine- and cAMPregulated phosphoprotein, in the substantia nigra. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90:3462-3465. [0494]
  • Upchurch M, Wehner J M (1988) Differences between inbred strains of mice in Morris water maze performance. Behav Genet 18:55-68. [0495]
  • Wu J, Wang Y, Rowan M J, Anwyl R (1998) Evidence for involvement of the cGMP-protein kinase G signaling system in the induction of longtern depression, but not long-term potentiation, in the dentate gyrus. J Neurosci 18:3589-3596. [0496]
  • Xu M, Moratalla R, Gold L, Hiroi N, Koob G, Graybiel A, Tonegawa S (1994) Elimination of cocaine-induced hyperactivity and dopaminemediated neurophysiological effects in dopamine D1 receptor mutant mice. Cell 79:945-955. [0497]
  • Yan C, Bentley J K, Sonnenburg W K, Beavo J A (1994) Differential expression of the 61 kDa and 63 kDa calmodulin-dependent phosphodiesterases in the mouse brain. J Neurosci 14:973-984. [0498]
  • Yan C, Zhao A Z, Bentley J K, Loughney K, Ferguson K, Beavo J A (1995) Molecular cloning and characterization of a calmodulindependent phosphodiesterase enriched in olfactory sensory neurons. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 92:9677-9681. [0499]
  • Yan C, Zhao A Z, Bentley J K, Beavo J A (1996) The calmodulin dependent phosphodiesterase gene PDE1C encodes several functionally different splice variants in a tissue-specific manner. J Biol Chem 271:25699-25706. [0500]
  • Yan Z, Surmeier D (1997) D5 dopamine receptors enhance Zn2 -sensitive GABAA currents in striatal cholinergic interneurons through a PKA/PP1 cascade. Neuron 19:1115-1126. [0501]
  • Yin J C P, Wallach J S, Del Vecchio M, Wilder E L, Zhou H, Quinn W G, Tully T (1994) Induction of a dominant negative CREB transgene specifically blocks long-term memory in Drosophila. Cell 79:49-58. [0502]
  • Yuasa K, Kanoh Y, Okumura K, Omori K (2001) Genomic organization of the human phosphodiesterase PDE11A gene. Evolutionary relatedness with other PDEs containing GAF domains. Eur J Biochem 268:168-178. [0503]
  • Zhou Q- Y, Palmiter R D (1995) Dopamine-deficient mice are severely hypoactive, adipsic, and aphagic. Cell 83:1197-1209. [0504]
  • Zola-Morgan S, Squire L R (1993) Neuroanatomy of memory. Annu Rev Neurosci 16:547-563. [0505]
  • The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments described herein. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. [0506]
  • All references cited herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and for all purposes to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes. [0507]
  • The citation of any publication is for its disclosure prior to the filing date and should not be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. [0508]
  • 1 7 1 204 PRT Homo sapiens 1 Met Asp Pro Lys Asp Arg Lys Lys Ile Gln Phe Ser Val Pro Ala Pro 1 5 10 15 Pro Ser Gln Leu Asp Pro Arg Gln Val Glu Met Ile Arg Arg Arg Arg 20 25 30 Pro Thr Pro Ala Met Leu Phe Arg Leu Ser Glu His Ser Ser Pro Glu 35 40 45 Glu Glu Ala Ser Pro His Gln Arg Ala Ser Gly Glu Gly His His Leu 50 55 60 Lys Ser Lys Arg Pro Asn Pro Cys Ala Tyr Thr Pro Pro Ser Leu Lys 65 70 75 80 Ala Val Gln Arg Ile Ala Glu Ser His Leu Gln Ser Ile Ser Asn Leu 85 90 95 Asn Glu Asn Gln Ala Ser Glu Glu Glu Asp Glu Leu Gly Glu Leu Arg 100 105 110 Glu Leu Gly Tyr Pro Arg Glu Glu Asp Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Asp Asp 115 120 125 Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Asp Ser Gln Ala Glu Val Leu Lys Val 130 135 140 Ile Arg Gln Ser Ala Gly Gln Lys Thr Thr Arg Gly Leu Gly Leu Glu 145 150 155 160 Gly Pro Trp Glu Arg Pro Pro Pro Leu Asp Glu Ser Glu Arg Asp Gly 165 170 175 Gly Ser Glu Asp Gln Val Glu Asp Pro Ala Leu Ser Glu Pro Gly Glu 180 185 190 Glu Pro Gln Arg Pro Ser Pro Ser Glu Pro Gly Arg 195 200 2 201 PRT Mus musculus 2 Met Asp Pro Lys Asp Arg Lys Lys Ile Gln Phe Ser Val Pro Ala Pro 1 5 10 15 Pro Ser Gln Leu Asp Pro Arg Gln Val Glu Met Ile Arg Arg Arg Arg 20 25 30 Pro Thr Pro Ala Leu Leu Phe Arg Val Ser Glu His Ser Ser Pro Glu 35 40 45 Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Ala Ser Pro His Gln Arg Thr Ser Gly Glu Gly 50 55 60 His His Pro Lys Ser Lys Arg Pro Asn Pro Cys Ala Tyr Thr Pro Pro 65 70 75 80 Ser Leu Lys Ala Val Arg Arg Leu Gln Thr Ile Ser Asn Leu Ser Glu 85 90 95 Asn Gln Ala Ser Glu Glu Glu Asp Glu Leu Gly Glu Leu Arg Glu Leu 100 105 110 Gly Tyr Pro Gln Glu Asp Asp Glu Glu Asp Glu Asp Glu Glu Glu Asp 115 120 125 Glu Glu Glu Asp Ser Gln Ala Glu Val Leu Lys Gly Ser Arg Gly Thr 130 135 140 Val Gly Gln Lys Leu Leu Val Ala Gly Val Trp Arg Gly Pro Gly Ser 145 150 155 160 Ala His Leu Leu Trp Met Ser Pro Arg Glu Met Glu Thr Leu Arg Thr 165 170 175 Lys Trp Lys Ala Glu Gln His Glx Val Ser Leu Glu Arg Asn Leu Ser 180 185 190 Ile Pro Ala Pro Pro Glu Pro Gly Thr 195 200 3 205 PRT Rattus sp. 3 Met Asp Pro Lys Asp Arg Lys Lys Ile Gln Phe Ser Val Pro Ala Pro 1 5 10 15 Pro Ser Gln Leu Asp Pro Arg Gln Val Glu Met Ile Arg Arg Arg Arg 20 25 30 Pro Thr Pro Ala Leu Leu Phe Arg Val Ser Glu His Ser Ser Pro Glu 35 40 45 Glu Glu Ser Ser Pro His Gln Arg Thr Ser Gly Glu Gly His His Pro 50 55 60 Lys Ser Lys Arg Pro Asn Pro Cys Ala Tyr Thr Pro Pro Ser Leu Lys 65 70 75 80 Ala Val Gln Arg Ile Ala Glu Ser His Leu Gln Thr Ile Ser Asn Leu 85 90 95 Ser Glu Asn Gln Ala Ser Glu Glu Glu Asp Glu Leu Gly Glu Leu Arg 100 105 110 Glu Leu Gly Tyr Pro Asn Glu Asp Asp Glu Glu Asp Glu Asp Glu Asp 115 120 125 Glu Glu Glu Asp Glu Glu Glu Asp Ser Gln Ala Glu Val Leu Lys Gly 130 135 140 Ser Arg Gly Thr Ala Gly Asn Lys Leu Thr Ser Gly Gln Gly Leu Glu 145 150 155 160 Gly Pro Trp Glu Arg Pro Pro Pro Leu Asp Glu Pro Gln Arg Asp Gly 165 170 175 Asn Ser Glu Asp Gln Gly Glu Gly Arg Ala Thr Gln Ser Glu Pro Gly 180 185 190 Glu Glu Pro Arg His Pro Thr Pro Pro Glu Ser Gly Thr 195 200 205 4 203 PRT bovine 4 Met Asp Pro Lys Asp Arg Lys Lys Ile Gln Phe Ser Val Pro Ala Pro 1 5 10 15 Pro Ser Gln Leu Asp Pro Arg Gln Val Glu Met Ile Arg Arg Arg Arg 20 25 30 Pro Thr Pro Ala Met Leu Phe Arg Leu Ser Glu His Ser Ser Pro Glu 35 40 45 Glu Glu Ala Ser Pro His Gln Arg Ala Ser Gly Glu Gly His His Leu 50 55 60 Lys Ser Lys Arg Pro Asn Pro Cys Ala Tyr Thr Pro Pro Ser Leu Lys 65 70 75 80 Ala Val Gln Arg Ile Ala Glu Ser His Leu Gln Ser Ile Ser Asn Leu 85 90 95 Gly Glu Asn Gln Ala Ser Glu Glu Glu Asp Glu Leu Gly Glu Leu Arg 100 105 110 Glu Leu Gly Tyr Pro Arg Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Asp 115 120 125 Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Asp Ser Gln Ala Glu Val Leu Lys Gly Ser Arg 130 135 140 Gly Ser Ala Gly Gln Lys Thr Thr Tyr Gly Gln Gly Leu Glu Gly Pro 145 150 155 160 Trp Glu Arg Pro Pro Pro Leu Asp Gly Pro Gln Arg Asp Gly Ser Ser 165 170 175 Glu Asp Gln Val Glu Asp Pro Ala Leu Asn Glu Pro Gly Glu Glu Pro 180 185 190 Gln Arg Met Pro Ala His Pro Glu Pro Gly Thr 195 200 5 24 DNA Artificial Sequence PCR primer 5 gacactaagt gggtatagct gggt 24 6 23 DNA Artificial Sequence PCR Primer 6 gtgggaataa gtctcagggt agg 23 7 906 PRT Homo sapiens 7 Met Gln His Ile Phe Ala Phe Phe Cys Thr Gly Phe Leu Gly Ala Val 1 5 10 15 Val Gly Ala Asn Phe Pro Asn Asn Ile Gln Ile Gly Gly Leu Phe Pro 20 25 30 Asn Gln Gln Ser Gln Glu His Ala Ala Phe Arg Phe Ala Leu Ser Gln 35 40 45 Leu Thr Glu Pro Pro Lys Leu Leu Pro Gln Ile Asp Ile Val Asn Ile 50 55 60 Ser Asp Ser Phe Glu Met Thr Tyr Arg Phe Cys Ser Gln Phe Ser Lys 65 70 75 80 Gly Val Tyr Ala Ile Phe Gly Phe Tyr Glu Arg Arg Thr Val Asn Met 85 90 95 Leu Thr Ser Phe Cys Gly Ala Leu His Val Cys Phe Ile Thr Pro Ser 100 105 110 Phe Pro Val Asp Thr Ser Asn Gln Phe Val Leu Gln Leu Arg Pro Glu 115 120 125 Leu Gln Asp Ala Leu Ile Ser Ile Ile Asp His Tyr Lys Trp Gln Lys 130 135 140 Phe Val Tyr Ile Tyr Asp Ala Asp Arg Gly Leu Ser Val Leu Gln Lys 145 150 155 160 Val Leu Asp Thr Ala Ala Glu Lys Asn Trp Gln Val Thr Ala Val Asn 165 170 175 Ile Leu Thr Thr Thr Glu Glu Gly Tyr Arg Met Leu Phe Gln Asp Leu 180 185 190 Glu Lys Lys Lys Glu Arg Leu Val Val Val Asp Cys Glu Ser Glu Arg 195 200 205 Leu Asn Ala Ile Leu Gly Gln Ile Ile Lys Leu Glu Lys Asn Gly Ile 210 215 220 Gly Tyr His Tyr Ile Leu Ala Asn Leu Gly Phe Met Asp Ile Asp Leu 225 230 235 240 Asn Lys Phe Lys Glu Ser Gly Ala Asn Val Thr Gly Phe Gln Leu Val 245 250 255 Asn Tyr Thr Asp Thr Ile Pro Ala Lys Ile Met Gln Gln Trp Lys Asn 260 265 270 Ser Asp Ala Arg Asp His Thr Arg Val Asp Trp Lys Arg Pro Lys Tyr 275 280 285 Thr Ser Ala Leu Thr Tyr Asp Gly Val Lys Val Met Ala Glu Ala Phe 290 295 300 Gln Ser Leu Arg Arg Gln Arg Ile Asp Ile Ser Arg Arg Gly Asn Ala 305 310 315 320 Gly Asp Cys Leu Ala Asn Pro Ala Val Pro Trp Gly Gln Gly Ile Asp 325 330 335 Ile Gln Arg Ala Leu Gln Gln Val Arg Phe Glu Gly Leu Thr Gly Asn 340 345 350 Val Gln Phe Asn Glu Lys Gly Arg Arg Thr Asn Tyr Thr Leu His Val 355 360 365 Ile Glu Met Lys His Asp Ser Ile Arg Lys Ile Gly Tyr Trp Asn Glu 370 375 380 Asp Asp Lys Phe Val Pro Ala Ala Thr Asp Ala Gln Ala Gly Gly Asp 385 390 395 400 Asn Ser Ser Val Gln Asn Arg Thr Tyr Ile Val Thr Thr Ile Leu Glu 405 410 415 Asp Pro Tyr Val Met Leu Lys Lys Asn Ala Asn Gln Phe Glu Gly Asn 420 425 430 Asp Arg Tyr Glu Gly Tyr Cys Val Glu Leu Ala Ala Glu Ile Ala Lys 435 440 445 His Val Gly Tyr Ser Tyr Arg Leu Glu Ile Val Ser Asp Gly Lys Tyr 450 455 460 Gly Ala Arg Asp Pro Asp Thr Lys Ala Trp Asn Gly Met Val Gly Glu 465 470 475 480 Leu Val Tyr Gly Arg Ala Asp Val Ala Val Ala Pro Leu Thr Ile Thr 485 490 495 Leu Val Arg Glu Glu Val Ile Asp Phe Ser Lys Pro Phe Met Ser Leu 500 505 510 Gly Ile Ser Ile Met Ile Lys Lys Pro Gln Lys Ser Lys Pro Gly Val 515 520 525 Phe Ser Phe Leu Asp Pro Leu Ala Tyr Glu Ile Trp Met Cys Ile Val 530 535 540 Phe Ala Tyr Ile Gly Val Ser Val Val Leu Phe Leu Val Ser Arg Phe 545 550 555 560 Ser Pro Tyr Glu Trp His Ser Glu Glu Phe Glu Glu Gly Arg Asp Gln 565 570 575 Thr Thr Ser Asp Gln Ser Asn Glu Phe Gly Ile Phe Asn Ser Leu Trp 580 585 590 Phe Ser Leu Gly Ala Phe Met Gln Gln Gly Cys Asp Ile Ser Pro Arg 595 600 605 Ser Leu Ser Gly Arg Ile Val Gly Gly Val Trp Trp Phe Phe Thr Leu 610 615 620 Ile Ile Ile Ser Ser Tyr Thr Ala Asn Leu Ala Ala Phe Leu Thr Val 625 630 635 640 Glu Arg Met Val Ser Pro Ile Glu Ser Ala Glu Asp Leu Ala Lys Gln 645 650 655 Thr Glu Ile Ala Tyr Gly Thr Leu Glu Ala Gly Ser Thr Lys Glu Phe 660 665 670 Phe Arg Arg Ser Lys Ile Ala Val Phe Glu Lys Met Trp Thr Tyr Met 675 680 685 Lys Ser Ala Glu Pro Ser Val Phe Val Arg Thr Thr Glu Glu Gly Met 690 695 700 Ile Arg Val Arg Lys Ser Lys Gly Lys Tyr Ala Tyr Leu Leu Glu Ser 705 710 715 720 Thr Met Asn Glu Tyr Ile Glu Gln Arg Lys Pro Cys Asp Thr Met Lys 725 730 735 Val Gly Gly Asn Leu Asp Ser Lys Gly Tyr Gly Ile Ala Thr Pro Lys 740 745 750 Gly Ser Ala Leu Arg Asn Pro Val Asn Leu Ala Val Leu Lys Leu Asn 755 760 765 Glu Gln Gly Leu Leu Asp Lys Leu Lys Asn Lys Trp Trp Tyr Asp Lys 770 775 780 Gly Glu Cys Gly Ser Gly Gly Gly Asp Ser Lys Asp Lys Thr Ser Ala 785 790 795 800 Leu Ser Leu Ser Asn Val Ala Gly Val Phe Tyr Ile Leu Ile Gly Gly 805 810 815 Leu Gly Leu Ala Met Leu Val Ala Leu Ile Glu Phe Cys Tyr Lys Ser 820 825 830 Arg Ser Glu Ser Lys Arg Met Lys Gly Phe Cys Leu Ile Pro Gln Gln 835 840 845 Ser Ile Asn Glu Ala Ile Arg Thr Ser Thr Leu Pro Arg Asn Ser Gly 850 855 860 Ala Gly Ala Ser Ser Gly Gly Ser Gly Glu Asn Gly Arg Val Val Ser 865 870 875 880 His Asp Phe Pro Lys Ser Met Gln Ser Ile Pro Cys Met Ser His Ser 885 890 895 Ser Gly Met Pro Leu Gly Ala Thr Gly Leu 900 905

Claims (56)

What is claimed is:
1. A method for modulating PDE1B activity in a cell or tissue comprising contacting said cell or tissue with an amount of a compound sufficient to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 intracellular signaling pathway, wherein contact of said cell or tissue with the compound results in modulation of PDE1B activity.
2. The method of claim 1 wherein the compound binds to PDE1B.
3. The method of claim 1 wherein the compound alters expression of PDE1B.
4. The method of claim 1 wherein phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 (hereinafter “phospho-Thr34”) or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor (hereinafter “phospho-Ser845”) is modulated.
5. A method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) determining a first level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue;
(b) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and
(c) determining a second level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue,
wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity.
6. The method of claim 5 wherein phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 (hereinafter “phospho-Thr34”) or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor (hereinafter “phospho-Ser845”) is modulated.
7. The method of claim 5 wherein the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
8. The method of claim 5 wherein the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
9. A method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) determining a first level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue;
(b) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and
(c) determining a second level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue,
wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway.
10. The method of claim 9 wherein phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 (hereinafter “phospho-Thr34”) or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor (hereinafter “phospho-Ser845”) is modulated.
11. The method of claim 9 wherein the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
12. The method of claim 9 wherein the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
13. A method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) determining a first level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue;
(b) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and
(c) determining a second level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue,
wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway.
14. The method of claim 13 wherein phosphorylation of phospho-Thr34 of DARPP-32 (hereinafter “phospho-Thr34”) or phospho-Ser845 of GluR1 AMPA receptor (hereinafter “phospho-Ser845”) is modulated.
15. A method of identifying a compound that modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and
(b) determining a level of activity of PDE1B in said cell or tissue;
wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said pathway.
16. The method of claim 15 wherein the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
17. The method of claim 15 wherein the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
18. The method of claim 15 wherein the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
19. A method of identifying a compound that modulates PDE1B activity in a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) contacting said cell or tissue with a test compound; and
(b) determining a level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue;
wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate PDE1B activity.
20. The method of claim 19 wherein the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
21. The method of claim 19 wherein the difference in PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate phosphorylation-dependent activation of ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
22. The method of claim 19 wherein the difference in said level and said control level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor, dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway.
23. A method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient in need of such treatment comprising:
(a) contacting in a cell or tissue PDE1B and Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 with a potential agent; and
(b) detecting the amount of phosphorylation of Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32,
wherein the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Thr34-dephosphorylated DARPP-32 is detected in the presence of the potential agent.
24. The method of claim 23 wherein the ability to treat the PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested.
25. A method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to treat a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient in need of such treatment comprising:
(a) contacting in a cell or tissue PDE1B and Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1AMPA receptor with a potential agent; and
(b) detecting the amount of phosphorylation of Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1AMPA receptor,
wherein the agent is identified if an increase in the phosphorylation of Ser845-dephosphorylated GluR1 AMPA receptor is detected in the presence of the potential agent.
26. The method of claim 25 wherein the ability to treat the PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder is tested.
27. A method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) determining a first level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue;
(b) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and
(c) determining a second level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue,
wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said potential agent to modulate activity of the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway.
28. The method of claim 27 comprising the additional step of:
(d) determining whether the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway is modulated.
29. A method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) determining a first level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue;
(b) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and
(c) determining a second level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue,
wherein a difference in said first level and said second level of PDE1B activity is indicative of the ability of said potential agent to modulate activity of said intracellular signaling pathway.
30. The method of claim 29 comprising the additional step of:
(d) determining whether said intracellular signaling pathway is modulated.
31. A method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and
(b) determining a level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue;
wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PD1E1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway.
32. The method of claim 31 comprising the additional step of:
(c) determining whether activity of the dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway is modulated.
33. A method for identifying an agent to be tested for an ability to modulate activity of a dopamine D2 receptor, nitric oxide, noradrenergic, neurotensin, CCK, VIP, serotonin, glutamate, GABA, acetylcholine, adenosine, cannabinoid receptor, natriuretic peptide or endorphin intracellular signaling pathway intracellular signaling pathway in a cell or tissue comprising:
(a) contacting said cell or tissue with a potential agent; and
(b) determining a level of PDE1B activity in said cell or tissue,
wherein a difference in said level and a control level of PDE1B activity in a comparable cell or tissue not contacted with the test compound is indicative of the ability of said test compound to modulate activity of said intracellular signaling pathway.
34. The method of claim 33 comprising the additional step of:
(d) determining whether the activity of said intracellular signaling pathway is modulated.
35. A method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
(a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal;
(b) measuring the response of said animal to said potential therapeutic agent;
(c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and
(d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal.
36. The method of claim 35 wherein the animal is a mouse.
37. The method of claim 35 wherein the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
38. A method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
(a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal;
(b) measuring the response of said animal to administration of a neurotransmitter that interacts with a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway;
(c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and
(d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal.
39. The method of claim 38 wherein the animal is a mouse.
40. The method of claim 38 wherein the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
41. A method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
(a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal;
(b) measuring the response of said animal to dopamine administration;
(c) comparing the response to dopamine administration of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and
(d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal.
42. The method of claim 41 wherein the animal is a mouse.
43. The method of claim 41 wherein the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
44. A method for selecting a potential therapeutic agent for use in the treatment of a PDE1B-related or dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder, comprising:
(a) administering a potential therapeutic agent to an animal;
(b) measuring the response of said animal, wherein the response is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) exhibition of exploratory behavior during a test period for horizontal locomotor activity;
(ii) exhibition of hyperactivity after administration of methamphetamine treatment;
(iii) path length in acquisition of a Morris water maze;
(iv) change in level of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 in striatal slices from said animal; and
(v) change in level of phospho-Thr34 or phospho-Ser845 in nucleus accumbens slices from said animal,
(c) comparing the response of said animal with that of a control animal to which the potential therapeutic agent has not been administered; and
(d) selecting a potential therapeutic agent based on the difference in responses observed between said animal and said control animal.
45. The method of claim 44 wherein the animal is a mouse.
46. The method of claim 44 wherein the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
47. A method for treating a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient an agent that modulates the activity of PDE1B, wherein PDE1B activity modulates phosphorylation of an intracellular signaling molecule.
48. The method of claim 47 wherein the intracellular signaling molecule is DARPP-32 or GluR1 AMPA receptor.
49. The method of claim 47 wherein the intracellular signaling molecule is ARPP-16, ARPP-19, ARPP-21, CREB, cAMP, cGMP, CK1, CK2, Cdk5, PKA, PKG, PP-2C, PP-2B, PP-1, calcium channels, Na/K ATPase or NMDA receptor.
50. The method of claim 47 wherein the agent promotes or increases the activity of PDE1B.
51. The method of claim 47 wherein the agent inhibits or decreases the activity of PDE1B.
52. The method of claim 47 wherein the disorder is Parkinson's disease.
53. A method for treating a PDE1B-related disorder or a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway disorder in a patient by administering an amount of a compound of the invention sufficient to modulate PDE1B activity.
54. The method of claim 53 wherein the agent promotes or increases the activity of PDE1B.
55. The method of claim 53 wherein the agent inhibits or decreases the activity of PDE1B.
56. The method of claim 53 wherein the agent modulates activity of a dopamine D1 receptor intracellular signaling pathway via modulation of PDE1B activity.
US10/233,449 2001-08-31 2002-09-03 Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain Abandoned US20030211040A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/233,449 US20030211040A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2002-09-03 Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain
US11/801,400 US20080176961A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2007-05-08 Phosphodiesterase acitvity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1-B-mediated signaling in brain
US12/951,775 US9157906B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2010-11-22 Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US31632001P 2001-08-31 2001-08-31
US10/233,449 US20030211040A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2002-09-03 Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/801,400 Continuation US20080176961A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2007-05-08 Phosphodiesterase acitvity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1-B-mediated signaling in brain

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20030211040A1 true US20030211040A1 (en) 2003-11-13

Family

ID=23228543

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/233,449 Abandoned US20030211040A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2002-09-03 Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain
US11/801,400 Abandoned US20080176961A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2007-05-08 Phosphodiesterase acitvity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1-B-mediated signaling in brain
US12/951,775 Active 2025-10-01 US9157906B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2010-11-22 Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/801,400 Abandoned US20080176961A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2007-05-08 Phosphodiesterase acitvity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1-B-mediated signaling in brain
US12/951,775 Active 2025-10-01 US9157906B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2010-11-22 Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (3) US20030211040A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1575916B1 (en)
JP (2) JP2005511500A (en)
KR (1) KR20040066788A (en)
AU (1) AU2002324846B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2459161A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2429132T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1085468A1 (en)
IL (2) IL160307A0 (en)
WO (1) WO2003020702A2 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080194592A1 (en) * 2005-08-23 2008-08-14 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic Compounds
US20080260643A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2008-10-23 Omeros Corporation Use of pde7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
US20100087450A1 (en) * 2006-11-13 2010-04-08 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US20100113486A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2010-05-06 Omeros Corporation Use of pde7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
WO2010132127A1 (en) * 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US9157906B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2015-10-13 The Rockefeller University Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain
US9605041B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2017-03-28 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Regulatory proteins and inhibitors
US10131671B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2018-11-20 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US10398698B2 (en) 2013-02-17 2019-09-03 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Uses
US10682354B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2020-06-16 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Compositions and methods
US11759465B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2023-09-19 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Uses

Families Citing this family (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1606627A2 (en) * 2003-03-13 2005-12-21 Bayer HealthCare AG Diagnostics and therapeutics for diseases associated with phosphodiesterase 1b (pde1b)
WO2005113572A2 (en) * 2004-05-19 2005-12-01 Merck & Co., Inc. Isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding a novel phosphoprotein-darpp-32, encoded protein and uses thereof
ES2645371T3 (en) 2005-06-06 2017-12-05 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
KR20090042227A (en) 2006-06-06 2009-04-29 인트라-셀룰라 써래피스, 인코퍼레이티드. Organic compounds
US9006258B2 (en) 2006-12-05 2015-04-14 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Method of treating female sexual dysfunction with a PDE1 inhibitor
WO2009073210A1 (en) 2007-12-06 2009-06-11 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc Organic compounds
WO2009075784A1 (en) 2007-12-06 2009-06-18 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
JP5989993B2 (en) 2008-12-06 2016-09-07 イントラ−セルラー・セラピーズ・インコーポレイテッドIntra−Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
SG171774A1 (en) 2008-12-06 2011-07-28 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc Organic compounds
BRPI0922348A2 (en) 2008-12-06 2015-08-11 Intracellular Therapies Inc Organic compounds
CA2740385A1 (en) 2008-12-06 2010-06-10 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
CN102223799A (en) 2008-12-06 2011-10-19 细胞内治疗公司 Organic compounds
EA201170772A1 (en) 2008-12-06 2012-03-30 Интра-Селлулар Терапиз, Инк. ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
WO2010098839A1 (en) 2009-02-25 2010-09-02 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Pde 1 inhibitors for ophthalmic disorders
WO2011153136A1 (en) 2010-05-31 2011-12-08 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
TW201206937A (en) 2010-05-31 2012-02-16 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc Organic compounds
JP5911854B2 (en) 2010-05-31 2016-04-27 イントラ−セルラー・セラピーズ・インコーポレイテッドIntra−Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
EP2590657A4 (en) 2010-05-31 2014-02-12 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc Organic compounds
EP2717877B1 (en) 2011-06-10 2017-11-08 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
CA2906640C (en) 2013-03-15 2021-07-20 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Substituted imidazo-[1,2-a]pyrazolo[4.3-e]pyrimidin-4[5h]-one compounds and pharmaceutical compositions and use therof as pde1 inhibitors
ES2871327T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-10-28 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc PDE1 inhibitors for use in the treatment and / or prevention of CNS or PNS diseases or disorders
TW201609713A (en) * 2013-12-19 2016-03-16 H 朗德貝克公司 Quinazolin-THF-amines as PDE1 inhibitors
JP6696904B2 (en) 2014-01-08 2020-05-20 イントラ−セルラー・セラピーズ・インコーポレイテッドIntra−Cellular Therapies, Inc. Formulations and pharmaceutical compositions
EP3157926B1 (en) 2014-06-20 2019-05-15 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US10285992B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2019-05-14 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Combinations of PDE1 inhibitors and NEP inhibitors and associated methods
US9546175B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2017-01-17 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
EP3725789B1 (en) 2014-09-17 2022-03-09 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. 7,8-dihydro-[2h]-imidazo-[1,2-a]pyrazolo[4,3-e]pyrimidin-4(5h)-one derivatives as phosphodiesterase 1 (pde1) inhibitors for treating diseases, disorders or injuries of the central nervous system (cns)
CN107205999B (en) 2014-12-06 2021-08-03 细胞内治疗公司 Organic compounds
BR112017012005B1 (en) 2014-12-06 2023-04-04 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc ORGANIC PDE2-INHIBITOR COMPOUNDS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING SAID COMPOUNDS AND USE THEREOF IN THE TREATMENT OF A PDE2-MEDIATED DISORDER
EP3970719A1 (en) 2016-09-12 2022-03-23 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Pde1 inhibitor for use in a method of treatment or prophylaxis of inflammation and/or an inflammatory disease or disorder

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5777195A (en) * 1996-05-17 1998-07-07 The Rockefeller University Knockout mutant mouse for DARPP-32 and use thereof
US6013621A (en) * 1997-10-17 2000-01-11 The Rockfeller University Method of treating psychosis and/or hyperactivity

Family Cites Families (89)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US110628A (en) 1871-01-03 Improvement in paint-brushes
US4052988A (en) 1976-01-12 1977-10-11 Ethicon, Inc. Synthetic absorbable surgical devices of poly-dioxanone
JPS6032638B2 (en) 1976-09-01 1985-07-29 武田薬品工業株式会社 3-Aminopyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine derivative
NL7807532A (en) 1978-07-13 1980-01-15 Akzo Nv METAL IMMUNO TEST.
NL8000173A (en) 1980-01-11 1981-08-03 Akzo Nv USE OF WATER-DISPERSIBLE HYDROPHOBIC DYES AS LABELS IN IMMUNOCHEMICAL TESTS.
EP0063381A1 (en) 1981-04-22 1982-10-27 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik GmbH Pyrazolo(3-4-d) pyrimidines, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
HU186891B (en) * 1981-06-12 1985-10-28 Richter Gedeon Vegyeszet Process for producing esters of apovincaminic acid
US4703017C1 (en) 1984-02-14 2001-12-04 Becton Dickinson Co Solid phase assay with visual readout
US4631211A (en) 1985-03-25 1986-12-23 Scripps Clinic & Research Foundation Means for sequential solid phase organic synthesis and methods using the same
US4666908A (en) 1985-04-05 1987-05-19 Warner-Lambert Company 5-Substituted pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine-7-ones and methods of use
EP0318512B1 (en) 1986-08-18 1998-06-17 Emisphere Technologies, Inc. Delivery systems for pharmacological agents
EP0281327B1 (en) 1987-02-27 1993-06-30 EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) Immunoreactive reagent, method of preparation and its use to determine an immunoreactive species
EP0280559B1 (en) 1987-02-27 1993-10-20 EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY (a New Jersey corporation) Agglutination immunoassay and kit for determination of a multivalent immune species using a buffered salt wash solution
US4857453A (en) 1987-04-07 1989-08-15 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Immunoassay device
EP0560411B1 (en) 1987-04-27 2000-07-26 Unilever N.V. Specific binding assays
US5274074A (en) 1987-12-17 1993-12-28 United States Surgical Corporation Medical devices fabricated from homopolymers and copolymers having recurring carbonate units
US5010175A (en) 1988-05-02 1991-04-23 The Regents Of The University Of California General method for producing and selecting peptides with specific properties
FR2646438B1 (en) 1989-03-20 2007-11-02 Pasteur Institut A METHOD FOR SPECIFIC REPLACEMENT OF A COPY OF A GENE PRESENT IN THE RECEIVER GENOME BY INTEGRATION OF A GENE DIFFERENT FROM THAT OR INTEGRATION
EP0950707B1 (en) 1989-07-25 2009-02-18 Cell Genesys, Inc. Homologous recombination for universal donor cells and chimeric mammalian hosts
US5464764A (en) 1989-08-22 1995-11-07 University Of Utah Research Foundation Positive-negative selection methods and vectors
US5013556A (en) 1989-10-20 1991-05-07 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
EP0747485B1 (en) 1989-11-06 1998-12-02 Cell Genesys, Inc. Production of proteins using homologous recombination
US5272071A (en) 1989-12-22 1993-12-21 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Method for the modification of the expression characteristics of an endogenous gene of a given cell line
US5250534A (en) 1990-06-20 1993-10-05 Pfizer Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidinone antianginal agents
NZ238609A (en) 1990-06-21 1993-12-23 Schering Corp Polycyclic guanine derivatives; preparation, pharmaceutical compositions,
US5139749A (en) 1990-06-22 1992-08-18 Tas, Inc. Fluidized calcining process
WO1993004169A1 (en) 1991-08-20 1993-03-04 Genpharm International, Inc. Gene targeting in animal cells using isogenic dna constructs
US5294612A (en) 1992-03-30 1994-03-15 Sterling Winthrop Inc. 6-heterocyclyl pyrazolo [3,4-d]pyrimidin-4-ones and compositions and method of use thereof
US20020006963A1 (en) 1992-06-23 2002-01-17 Young James W. Method of using and compositions comprising (-) sibutramine optionally in combination with other pharmacologically active compounds
WO1994019351A1 (en) 1993-02-26 1994-09-01 Schering Corporation 2-benzyl-polycyclic guanine derivatives and process for preparing them
GB9304919D0 (en) 1993-03-10 1993-04-28 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
ES2204921T3 (en) 1993-05-27 2004-05-01 Selectide Corporation SOLID PHASE LIBRARIES CODED, TOPOLOGICALLY SECREGATED.
US5625048A (en) 1994-11-10 1997-04-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Modified green fluorescent proteins
GB9523675D0 (en) 1995-11-20 1996-01-24 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US5824683A (en) 1995-11-28 1998-10-20 Schering Corporation 2'- 4'-halo- 1,1'-biphenyl!-4-yl!methyl!-5'-methyl-spiro cyclopentane-1,7' (8'H)- 3H! imidazo 2,1-b!purin!-4' (5'H)-ones
GB9526245D0 (en) 1995-12-21 1996-02-21 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US5874304A (en) 1996-01-18 1999-02-23 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Humanized green fluorescent protein genes and methods
US5703200A (en) 1996-03-15 1997-12-30 Ethicon, Inc. Absorbable copolymers and blends of 6,6-dialkyl-1,4-dioxepan-2-one and its cyclic dimer
US5798246A (en) * 1996-03-25 1998-08-25 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase
JPH1143499A (en) * 1996-09-11 1999-02-16 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd New protein and its dna
US5885834A (en) * 1996-09-30 1999-03-23 Epstein; Paul M. Antisense oligodeoxynucleotide against phosphodiesterase
GB9622363D0 (en) 1996-10-28 1997-01-08 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
AU5330698A (en) 1996-12-23 1998-07-17 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Fused polycyclic 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives, their preparation and their use as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
SE9701398D0 (en) 1997-04-15 1997-04-15 Astra Pharma Prod Novel compounds
IT1291372B1 (en) 1997-05-21 1999-01-07 Schering Plough S P A USE OF HETEROCYCLIC ANALOGS OF 1,2,4-TRIAZOLE (1,5-C) PYRIMIDINS FOR THE PREPARATION OF MEDICATIONS USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES
AU1103699A (en) * 1997-10-17 1999-05-10 Rockefeller University, The Use of an inhibitor of the dephosphorylation of darpp-32 for treating schizophrenia
GB9722520D0 (en) * 1997-10-24 1997-12-24 Pfizer Ltd Compounds
ATE496035T1 (en) 1998-03-31 2011-02-15 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd NITROGEN CONTAINING HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
US6133273A (en) 1998-05-08 2000-10-17 American Home Products Corporation Pyrazolopyrimidine-2,4-dione sulfonamides
PE20000728A1 (en) 1998-06-26 2000-08-21 Cocensys Inc HETEROCYCLES 4-BENZYL PIPERIDINE ALKYLSULFOXIDE AND THEIR USE AS SUBTYPE-SELECTIVE NMDA RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS
EP1114861B8 (en) * 1998-09-17 2008-10-01 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Ly6h gene
JP2000224992A (en) * 1998-11-30 2000-08-15 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Ltd New phosphodiesterase and gene coding for the same
GB9907658D0 (en) 1999-04-06 1999-05-26 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
MXPA02000293A (en) * 1999-06-25 2004-05-21 Memory Pharmaceutical Corp Cyclic amp phosphodiesterase isoforms and methods of use.
DE60006541D1 (en) 1999-06-30 2003-12-18 Merck & Co Inc SRC-KINASE INHIBITING COMPOUNDS
AU5889100A (en) 1999-06-30 2001-01-31 Merck & Co., Inc. Src kinase inhibitor compounds
DE19931206A1 (en) 1999-07-07 2001-01-11 Stief Christian Relaxing, or increasing cyclic adenosine monophosphate concentration in smooth muscular tissue, e.g. by administration of cAMP phosphodiesterase inhibitors, dipyridamole or sildenafil
KR20020027635A (en) 1999-09-10 2002-04-13 폴락 돈나 엘. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
PL354675A1 (en) 1999-09-30 2004-02-09 Neurogen Corporation Certain alkylene diamine-substituted pyrazolo[1,5,-a]-1,5-pyrimidines and pyrazolo[1,5-a]-1,3,5-triazines
NZ517324A (en) 1999-10-11 2003-09-26 Pfizer 5-(2-substituted-5-heterocyclylsulphonylpyrid-3-YL)- dihydropyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-7-ones as phosphodiesterase inhibitors
IL139073A0 (en) 1999-10-21 2001-11-25 Pfizer Treatment of neuropathy
AU2005201482A1 (en) 1999-11-08 2005-05-05 Pfizer Inc. Compounds for the treatment of female sexual dysfunction
SE9904724D0 (en) * 1999-12-22 1999-12-22 Carlsson A Research Ab New modulators of dopamine neurotransmission I
CA2407031A1 (en) 2000-04-19 2001-10-25 Lilly Icos Llc Use of cyclic gmp-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitors for treatment of parkinson's disease
US6693099B2 (en) 2000-10-17 2004-02-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Substituted piperazine compounds optionally containing a quinolyl moiety for treating multidrug resistance
SE0102315D0 (en) 2001-06-28 2001-06-28 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
US7320785B2 (en) * 2001-08-10 2008-01-22 The Rockefeller University Compositions and methods for modulation of DARPP-32 phosphorylation
EP1421084B1 (en) 2001-08-28 2008-05-14 Schering Corporation Polycyclic guanine phosphodiesterase v inhibitors
CA2459161A1 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-03-13 The Rockefeller University Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1b-mediated signaling in brain
US6649908B2 (en) 2001-09-20 2003-11-18 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Multiplexing capillary array for atmospheric pressure ionization-mass spectrometry
HN2002000317A (en) 2001-11-02 2003-05-21 Pfizer PDE9 INHIBITORS FOR TREATMENT OF CARDIOVASCULAR DISORDERS
US20030195205A1 (en) 2001-11-02 2003-10-16 Pfizer Inc. PDE9 inhibitors for treating cardiovascular disorders
WO2003037432A1 (en) 2001-11-02 2003-05-08 Pfizer Products Inc. Treatment of insulin resistance syndrome and type 2 diabetes with pde9 inhibitors
US6943171B2 (en) 2001-11-09 2005-09-13 Schering Corporation Polycyclic guanine derivative phosphodiesterase V inhibitors
US7579324B2 (en) 2002-02-15 2009-08-25 C-A-I-R Biosciences Gmbh Conjugates of biologically active compounds, methods for their preparation and use, formulation and pharmaceutical applications thereof
WO2003072801A2 (en) 2002-02-21 2003-09-04 The Rockefeller University Compositions and method for regulation of calcium-dependent signalling in brain
SE0203825D0 (en) 2002-12-20 2002-12-20 Astrazeneca Ab Novel fused heterocycles and uses thereof
US20050048573A1 (en) 2003-02-03 2005-03-03 Plexxikon, Inc. PDE5A crystal structure and uses
EP1613747A1 (en) 2003-03-31 2006-01-11 Pfizer Products Inc. Crystal structure of 3 ,5 -cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase 1b (pde1b) and uses thereof
BRPI0409229A (en) 2003-04-01 2006-03-28 Applied Research Systems phosphodiesterase inhibitors in infertility
ES2645371T3 (en) 2005-06-06 2017-12-05 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
EP1919287A4 (en) 2005-08-23 2010-04-28 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc Organic compounds for treating reduced dopamine receptor signalling activity
KR20090042227A (en) 2006-06-06 2009-04-29 인트라-셀룰라 써래피스, 인코퍼레이티드. Organic compounds
WO2008055959A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 Galapagos N.V. Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative & inflammatory diseases
JP2010509399A (en) 2006-11-13 2010-03-25 イントラ−セルラー・セラピーズ・インコーポレイテッド Organic compounds
US9006258B2 (en) 2006-12-05 2015-04-14 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Method of treating female sexual dysfunction with a PDE1 inhibitor
WO2009075784A1 (en) 2007-12-06 2009-06-18 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
WO2009073210A1 (en) 2007-12-06 2009-06-11 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc Organic compounds
EP2434895A4 (en) 2009-05-13 2013-08-07 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc Organic compounds

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5777195A (en) * 1996-05-17 1998-07-07 The Rockefeller University Knockout mutant mouse for DARPP-32 and use thereof
US6013621A (en) * 1997-10-17 2000-01-11 The Rockfeller University Method of treating psychosis and/or hyperactivity

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9157906B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2015-10-13 The Rockefeller University Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain
US20080194592A1 (en) * 2005-08-23 2008-08-14 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic Compounds
US9198924B2 (en) * 2006-11-13 2015-12-01 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US20100087450A1 (en) * 2006-11-13 2010-04-08 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US20080260643A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2008-10-23 Omeros Corporation Use of pde7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
US20100113486A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2010-05-06 Omeros Corporation Use of pde7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
US20110091388A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2011-04-21 Omeros Corporation Use of pde7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
US8637528B2 (en) 2007-03-27 2014-01-28 Omeros Corporation Use of PDE7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
US9119822B2 (en) 2007-03-27 2015-09-01 Omeros Corporation Use of PDE7 inhibitors for the treatment of movement disorders
WO2010132127A1 (en) * 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US9468637B2 (en) 2009-05-13 2016-10-18 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US10010553B2 (en) 2009-05-13 2018-07-03 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US10238660B2 (en) 2009-05-13 2019-03-26 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US9605041B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2017-03-28 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Regulatory proteins and inhibitors
US10398698B2 (en) 2013-02-17 2019-09-03 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Uses
US10131671B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2018-11-20 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
US10682354B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2020-06-16 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Compositions and methods
US11759465B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2023-09-19 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Uses
US11839614B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2023-12-12 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Methods for treating or mitigating cardiotoxicity characterized by inhibition of adenosine A2 signaling and/or adenosine A2 receptor expression

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20040066788A (en) 2004-07-27
JP5208090B2 (en) 2013-06-12
WO2003020702A2 (en) 2003-03-13
IL160307A0 (en) 2004-07-25
US20080176961A1 (en) 2008-07-24
US9157906B2 (en) 2015-10-13
WO2003020702A9 (en) 2003-07-31
HK1085468A1 (en) 2006-08-25
EP1575916B1 (en) 2013-05-22
JP2010095525A (en) 2010-04-30
CA2459161A1 (en) 2003-03-13
JP2005511500A (en) 2005-04-28
IL160307A (en) 2012-09-24
WO2003020702A3 (en) 2007-03-08
AU2002324846B2 (en) 2007-05-10
EP1575916A2 (en) 2005-09-21
EP1575916A4 (en) 2009-07-29
ES2429132T3 (en) 2013-11-13
US20130239234A1 (en) 2013-09-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9157906B2 (en) Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in brain
AU2002324846A1 (en) Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1-B-mediated signaling in brain
JP2005511500A6 (en) Regulation of phosphodiesterase activity and phosphodiesterase 1B-mediated signaling in the brain
Reed et al. Phosphodiesterase 1B knock-out mice exhibit exaggerated locomotor hyperactivity and DARPP-32 phosphorylation in response to dopamine agonists and display impaired spatial learning
US7320785B2 (en) Compositions and methods for modulation of DARPP-32 phosphorylation
Allen et al. Distinct roles for spinophilin and neurabin in dopamine-mediated plasticity
JP2001213802A (en) Compound for treating female sexual dysfunction
AU2002324666A1 (en) Compostions and methods for modulation of DARPP-32 phosphorylation
US7129073B2 (en) Regulation of neuronal function through metabotropic glutamate receptor signaling pathways
US7427485B2 (en) Method for classification of anti-psychotic drugs
AU2002316279A1 (en) Regulation of neuronal function through metabotropic glutamate receptor signaling pathways
Liu et al. Fat body-specific reduction of CTPS alleviates HFD-induced obesity
AU2002323530A1 (en) Method for classification of anti-psychotic drugs
JP2004508288A (en) Methods and compositions for adjusting memory consolidation
Luellen Assessing the role of serotonin in neurodegenerative disease using neurotoxic and genetic mouse models

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL MEDICAL CENTER, THE, OHIO

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:REPASKE, DAVID;REEL/FRAME:014780/0179

Effective date: 20031121

AS Assignment

Owner name: ROCKEFELLER UNIVERSITY, THE, NEW YORK

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GREENGARD, PAUL;SNYDER, GRETCHEN;REEL/FRAME:015411/0864;SIGNING DATES FROM 20031117 TO 20031212

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION